193100 Catalog
2014-07-05
: Pdf 193100-Catalog 193100-Catalog 785901 Batch5 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 62
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Table of Contents Back to Product Index Section 7 Section Listing Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers H-Frame J-Frame 7-10 QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories 7-12 QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases 7-13 QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers and QYU Supplementary Protectors 7-14 7-15 Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers 7-16 PowerPact™ Molded Case Circuit Breakers 7-21 PowerPact Family 7-21 H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-22 Q-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-24 L-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-25 M-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-26 P-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-27 R-Frame Circuit Breakers 7-28 Motor Circuit Protectors 7-29 PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors 7-29 H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector 7-30 Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers 7-31 H-, J-, and LA-Frame MCP Selection 7-32 Motor Protection Selection Tables 7-33 Automatic Switches 7-34 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers 7-35 Mission Critical Circuit Breakers 7-37 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories 7-39 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units 7-46 Masterpact™ Universal Power Circuit Breakers 7-50 Ground-Fault Protection 7-51 Dimensions and Shipping Weights 7-54 Circuit Breaker Enclosures 7-56 Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches 7-59 7 M-Frame 7-10 QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU Accessories L-Frame 7-2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Selection Information P-Frame R-Frame 7-1 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 HOM Circuit Breakers 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — 5f — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — 5f — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X X X X X X X X X — — — — — — 2 1 2 3 — QOBVHGFI QOB-EPD QOB-EPE — — — — — — — — — — — — 1 2, 3 a 1,2 3 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 15–50 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 3 QOB-GFI 15–60 2 QOB- QOBCAFI VHAFI 15–30 Current Range — 1 — 15–30 1 QHB 15–50 — 2 QO-EPD QO-EPE 15–60 — 1 QOVHGFI 15–30 — 2 QO-GFI 15–30 — 1 QOQOCAFI VHAFI 15–20 — 1 — — QOB-VH QOT 15–30 — 2 QOB-H — QH 15–30 — 1 10–70 — 10–200m Unit Mount Number of Poles 15–50b — 15–50 — 15–20 — 15–50 — 15–20 — 15–20 — 15–200m — 15–50 — QO-VH 15–30 QOB Bolt-on QO-H 15–150 QO 15–70 HOMT 15–100 HOMEPD 15–70 HOMGFI 15–125 HOMAFI 15–100 HOM QO™ Circuit Breakers 10–100 Plug-on Circuit Breaker Type www.schneider-electric.us 10 10 — 10 — — 5f — — — — — — 10 10 — 10 — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — 22 — — — — — — — — — 22 22 65 22 22 65 — — — — 22e — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 65 65 — 65 — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 22 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — 22 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X — — — — Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA Rating (kA) (50/60 Hz) DC Ratings 120 Vac 120/240 Vac 208Y/120 240 Vac d 277 Vac 480Y/277 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 65 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc IEC 60947-2 (50/60 Hz)g IEC (Icu) Special Ratings CCC Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN HACR h NOM Other Standard 7 HACRi NOM HACR h HACR i — — — X — X MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS — — X — — — — — — X — — HACR i — X X — — X X X X — — X — X X — — — — — — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — — — X X — NOM — — — — — X — — NOM Accessories and Modifications Shunt Trip j Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches j Alarm Switch j Handle Operators Handle Padlock Attachment Xk — Xk Xk — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X — X X — X — X X — X — X X — X — X X — X X X X — — — — X X X X X X X X — — — — X X X — — — — Xl X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X X X X X X X — X — X X X — — — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic Molded Case Switch Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) 3.13 (79) 3.5 (89) a 4.75 (121) 1.00 (25) 0.75 (19) a 2.98 (76) 2.92 (74) a Pages Page 1-13 Pages 7-10, 7-11 a See page 7-54 for dimensions for: QOB2150VH, QOB3110VH, QOB3125VH and QOB3150VH. b HOMT tandem is 30 A maximum. HOMT quad tandem has 20 A maximum on outside poles, and 50 A maximum on the inside poles. c AFI, EPD and GFI products are rated 60 Hz only. d See the Supplemental Digest Page 3-22 for 3Ø corner grounded systems. e 22 kA @ 240 Vac for 3P only. f 1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only. g See the Supplemental Digest Section 10 for circuit breakers with IEC ratings. h HACR on HOM 1P 15–50 A and 2P 15–100 A i HACR on QO, QOB 1P 10–70 A, 2P 15–100 A, 3P 10–100 A; QOB-VH 1P 15–70 A, 2P 15–125 A, 3P 15–100 A j Factory-installed option only k Factory-installed accessories are not available on QOB-VH 2P150 A and 3P 110–150 A l Handle padlock attachment available for HOMT quad tandem only. m 2P 150–200 A requires 4P width. Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height Width Depth 7-2 4.12 (103) © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 www.schneider-electric.us QOU Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Type QOM1 and QOM2 Main Circuit Breakers Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors EDB Circuit Breakers Plug-on — — — — — — — — — Bolt-on — — QOM1-VH QOM2-VH — — EDB EGB EJB QOU QYUa — — UL 489 C60 UL1077 C60b 1 2 2 Unit Mount C60H-DC — — — Current Range 15–125 15–70 15–125 2, 3 15–70 1 15–125 2, 3 15–70 1 0.5–40 2, 3 0.5–40 1 1–63 2 1–63 1 0.5–63 3,4 0.5–35 2 0.5–35 1 0.5–35 3 100–225 2 50–125 1 10–30 3 10–100 2 10–125 1 10–100 Number of Poles Interrupting Ratings 120 Vac UL/CSA 120/240 Vac Rating 240 Vacc (kA RMS) 277 Vac (50/60 Hz) 480Y/277 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 65 Vdc DC Ratings 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 500 Vdc IEC 60947-2 240 Vac (50/60 Hz) 415 Vac Icu 10 10 — — — 5d 5e — — — — — 10 10 — — — 5d 5e — — — — — 10 10 10 — — 5d 5e — — — — — — — — 5 — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — 22 22 — — — — — — — — — — 10 5 5 — 10 — 10 — — — — 20 — 10 10 — 10 — 10 — 10 — — 20 — 10 10 — 10 — — — — — — 20 10 10 10 5 — 10 — 10 — — — 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 — 10 10 — — 10 10 10 10 5 5 — — — — — — 10 — — — — — 5 5 5 5 5 — 20 — — — — — 5 5 5 5 5 5k 10 25 18 18 18 — — — — — — — 20 25 25 25 18 18 — — — — — — — 65 35 35 35 — — — — — — — — 65 65 65 35 35 — — — — — — — 100 65 65 65 — — — — — — — — 100 100 100 65 65 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 10 10 — 5 5 — — 10 — — — — — Xl Xl Xl — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — X X X X X X X X X — — — — — X X X X X X — — — — — — g — — — — Special Ratings CCC Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN Other Standard HACR f HACR Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic Molded Case Switch Xh — Xh Xh — Xh — Xh Xh — Xh — Xh Xh — Xh — Xh Xh — — — — — — X h — — — — X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X h — Xh Xh — X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X — X X X X X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — X — Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) Height 4.05 (103) 5.09 (129)i 5.60 (142)i 4.21 (107)j 3.19 (81) 3.19 (81) Dimensions (1P Unit Mount) Width 0.75 (19) 5.00 (127)i 5.07 (129)i 0.71 (18) 0.71 (18) 0.71 (18) 1.42 (36) in. (mm) Depth 2.92 (74) 3.47 (88)i 3.60 (91)i 2.76 (70) 2.76 (70) 2.56 (65) Pages Pages 7-14 Pages 1-2 Pages 7-16 through 7-19 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a QYU is a UL 1077 supplementary protector. b C60 are recognized components per UL 1077. c For information regarding 3Ø corner grounded systems see the Supplemental Digest. Page 3-22 d 1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only. e QOU is UL Listed for 60 Vdc per pole 80–100 A, 1P; 80–125 A, 2P; and 70–100 A, 3P. f HACR on QOU 1P and 3P 15–100 A, 2P 15–125 A; g UL 489A for DC Telecom applications (1-pole only). h Factory-installed option only i QOM1 and QOM2 dimensions are for 2-pole unit. j 480 V C60 height is 5.56 in. (141 mm). k 2 poles must be wired in series for 500 Vdc. l 15–70 A 1P and 2P, 15–60 A 3P © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 5.66 (144) 0.98 (25) 4.05 (103) Page 9-17 7 Shunt Trip Undervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches Alarm Switch Handle Operators Handle Padlock Attachment 7-3 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600, 800 PowerPact™ 150 A H-Frame www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact 250 A J-Frame Electronic Trip Version Electronic Trip Version Circuit Breaker Type HD HG HJ HL HR JD JG JJ JL Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3a 2, 3a 3 2, 3a 2, 3a 2, 3a 2, 3a 3 15–150 A 15–150 A 15–150 A 15–150 A 15–150 A 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab 70–250 Ab Current Range JR Interrupting Ratings 240 Vac 25 65 100 125 200 25 65 100 125 200 480Y/277 Vac 18 35 65 100 200 18 35 65 100 200 480 Vac 18 35 65 100 200 18 35 65 100 200 600Y/347 Vac 14 18 25 50 100 14 18 25 50 100 600 Vac 14 18 25 50 100 14 18 25 50 100 250 Vdcc 20 20 20 20 — 20 20 20 20 — 500 Vdcc — — — — — — 20 — — — 240 Vac 25/25 65/65 100/100 125/125 125/125 25/25 65/65 100/100 125/125 125/125 415 Vac 18/18 35/35 65/65 100/100 100/100 18/18 35/35 65/65 100/100 100/100 CCC X X X X X X X X X X Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X X X X X HACR (2P, 3P) X X X X X X X X X X Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X X X X X Rear Connection Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Drawout Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Optional Lugs Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Shunt Trip X X X X X X X X X X Undervoltage Trip X X X X X X X X X X Auxiliary Switches X X X X X X X X X X Alarm Switch X X X X X X X X X X Motor Operator Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Handle Operators Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Mechanical Interlocks (3P) X X X X X X X X X X Handle Padlock Attachment Xe Xe X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3P) — — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protection — — — — — — — — — — X UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) DC Ratings IEC Rating (kA RMS) Icu/lcsd IEC 50/60 Hz Special Ratings Connections/Terminations 7 Accessories and Modifications MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic X X X X — X X X X Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — Xf Xf Xf — Xf Xf X X Molded Case Switch (Automatic) X X X X X X X X X X Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Electronic Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X — X X X — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X — X X X — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X — X X X — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X X X — X X X — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height 6.4 (163) 7.5 (191) Width 4.1 (104) 4.1 (104) Depth 3.4 (86) 3.4 (86) Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Pages 7-22, 7-23, 7-29, 7-34/9-25 Pages 7-22, 7-23, 7-29, 7-34, 7-35/9-25 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a 2P in a 3P module. b 70–250 A with electronic trip system c Not available with electronic trip units d Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest. Section 10 e Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module). f 3P only. 7-4 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600, 800 www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact 250 A Q-Frame PowerPact 600 A L-Frame Circuit Breaker Type QB QD QG QJ LD LG LJ LL LR Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 70–250b 70–250b 70–250b 70–250b 70–600 70–600 70–600 70–600 70–600 Current Range Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 10 25 65 100 25 65 100 125 200 480Y/277 Vac — — — — 18 35 65 100 200 480 Vac — — — — 18 35 65 100 200 600Y/347 Vac — — — — 14 18 25 50 100 DC Ratings 600 Vac — — — — 14 18 25 50 100 250 Vdci — — — — — — — — — 500 Vdcci — — — — — — — — — 240 Vac 10/5 10/5 10/5 10/5 25/25 65/65 100/100 125/125 125/125 415 Vac 10/5 10/5 10/5 10/5 18/18 35/35 65/65 100/100 100/100 IEC Rating (kA RMS) Icu/lcsd IEC 50/60 Hz Special Ratings CCC — — — — X X X X X Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X — — — — — HACR (2P, 3P) X X X — X X X X X Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X X X X Rear Connection — — — — X X X X X Connections/Terminations Drawout — — — — X X X X X Optional Lugs — — — — X X X X X Shunt Trip — — — — X X X X X Undervoltage Trip — — — — X X X X X Auxiliary Switches — — — — X X X X X Alarm Switch — — — — X X X X X Motor Operator — — — — X X X X X Handle Operators — — — — X X X X X Mechanical Interlocks (3P) X X X X X X X X X Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3Pf) — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protectione — — — — X X X X X — MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications Thermal-magnetic X X X X — — — — Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — — — X X X X X Molded Case Switch (Automatic) X — — — — X — X X Electronic — — — — X X X X X — 7 Trip System Type Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X — — — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X — — — — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) — — — — — — — — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) — — — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Note: a b c d e f g h i Height 6.47 (164) 13.38 (340) Width 4.5 (114) 5.51 (140) Depth 3.93 (100) 4.33 (110) Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Pages 7-24/9-24 Pages 7-25/7-33 All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. 2P in a 3P module I-Line Q-frame circuit breakers are available 70–225 A only. 250 A Q-frame unit-mount circuit breakers are limited to Cu conductors only. Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. Special DC J-Frame only. Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. Requires factory-installed “G” shunt trip and 3P module. Factory-installed option only. 3P only. 70–250 A with electronic trip system Not available with electronic trip units © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-5 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 600, 612, 800 PowerPact 800 A M-Frame PowerPact 1200 A P-Frame www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact 3000 A R-Frame Circuit Breaker Type MG MJ PG PJ PK PL RG RJ RK RL Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 300–800 300–800 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 240–3000 240–3000 240–3000 240–3000 Current Range Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 65 100 65 100 65 125 65 100 65 125 480Y/277 Vac 35 65 35 65 50 100 35 65 65 100 480 Vac 35 65 35 65 50 100 35 65 65 100 600Y/347 Vac 18 25 18 25 50 25 18 25 65 50 600 Vac 18 25 18 25 50 25 18 25 65 50 250 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — 500 Vdca — — — — — — — — — — 240 Vac 50/25 65/35 50/25 65/35 50/25 125/65 50/25 65/35 85/65 125/65 415 Vac 35/20 50/25 35/20 50/25 50/25 85/45 35/20 50/25 70/55 85/45 DC Ratings IEC (kA RMS) Icu/lcsb IEC 50/60 Hz Special Ratings CCC X X X X X X X X X X Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X X X X X HACR (2P, 3P) X X X X X X X X X X Connections/Terminations Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X Xe Xe Xe Xe Rear Connection — — — — — — — — — — Drawout — — Xd Xd Xd Xd — — — — Optional Lugs X X X X X X X X X X 7 Accessories and Modifications MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Shunt Trip X X X X X X X X X X Undervoltage Trip X X X X X X X X X X Auxiliary Switches X X X X X X X X X X Alarm Switch X X X X X X X X X X Motor Operator — — Xd Xd Xd Xd — — — — Handle Operators — — Xd Xd Xd Xd — — — — Mechanical Interlocks (3P) — — X X X X — — — — Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3P) — — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protection — — X X X X X X X X Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic — — — — — — — — — — Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — — X X — — — — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) — — X X X X X X X X Electronic X X X X X X X X X X Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X X X — — — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X X X — — — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X X X — — — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X — — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) Height–in. (mm) 12.80 (325) 16.20 (413) 15 (381) Width—in. (mm) 8.30 (210) 8.30 (210) 16.50 (420) Depth—in. (mm) 8.10 (205) 8.10 (205) Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Page 7-26/9-28 Page 7-27, 7-31, 7-34/9-29 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. b Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. c Requires breaker with WB suffix d 65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450–600 A ratings. e 1000 A and 1200 A only.. 7-6 14.40 (366) Page 7-28, 7-34/9-30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Insulated Case Circuit Breakers Class 600, 800 www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact 1200 A Masterpact 6000 A Circuit Breaker Type NT-N NT-H NT-L1 NT-L NT-LF a NW-N NW-H NW-L NW-LF a NW-H NW-L NW-H NW-L Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3 3 3 3, 4 3, 4 3 3 3, 4 3 3, 4 3 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–1200 100–2000 100–2000 100–2000 100–2000 640–3000 Current Range 640–3000 1200–6000 1200–6000 Interrupting Ratings 240 Vac 50 65 100 200 200 65 100 200 200 100 200 100 480Y/277 Vac 50 50 65 100 100 65 100 150 150 100 150 100 150 480 Vac 50 50 65 100 100 65 100 150 150 100 150 100 150 600Y/347 Vac 35 50 — — — 50 85 100 100 85 100 85 100 600 Vac 35 50 — — — 50 85 100 100 85 100 85 100 250 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — — — — 500 Vdc — — — — — — — — — — — — — 240 Vac — — — — — — — — — — — — — 415 Vac — — — — — — — — — — — — — CCC — — — — — — — — — — — — — Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN — — — — — — — — — — — — — HACR (2P, 3P) — — — — — — — — — — — — — UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) DC Ratings IECb (kA RMS) Icu/Ics 200 Special Ratings Connections/Terminations Unit Mount X X X X X X X X X X X X X I-Line™ — — — — — — — — — — — — — Rear Connection X X X X X X X X X X X X X Drawout X X X X X X X X X X X X X Optional Lugs — — — — — — — — — — — — — Shunt Trip X X X X X X X X X X X X X Undervoltage Trip X X X X X X X X X X X X X Auxiliary Switches X X X X X X X X X X X X X Alarm Switch X X X X X X X X X X X X X Motor Operator X X X X X X X X X X X X X Handle Operators — — — — — — — — — — — — — X Mechanical Interlocks X X X X X X X X X X X X Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock — — — — — — — — — — — — — Optional GF Protection X X X X X X X X X X X X X Thermal-magnetic — — — — — — — — — — — — — Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) X X X X X X X X X X X X X Electronic X X X X X X X X X X X X X General Purpose (NEMA 1) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Raintight (NEMA 3R) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) — — — — — — — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) — — — — — — — — — — — — — MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications 7 Trip System Type Enclosures Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height 12.67 (322) 17.28 (439) 17.28 (439) 17.28 (439) Width 11.25 (286) 17.74 (450) 17.74 (450) 30.94 (786) Depth 13.00 (331) 18.38 (467) 18.38 (467) 18.38 (467) Pages Page 7-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a Tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as reference by NFPA70E. b See Catalog 0613CT0001 for additional ratings and other information. Page 7-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-7 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600, 800 100 A Frame Circuit Breaker Type FA (240 V) FA www.schneider-electric.us 100 A F-Frame FH FHb FH FI Number of Poles 1, 2, 3 1 2, 3 1 1 2, 3 2, 3 FY 1 Current Range 15–100 15–100 15–100 15–30 35–100 15–100 20–100 15–30 Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 10k 25k 25 65 25 65 200 14 480Y/277 Vac — 18 18 65 25 25 200 14 480 Vac — — 18 — — 25 200 — 600Y/347 Vac — — 14 — — 18 100 — 600 Vac — — 14 — — 18 100 — 250 Vdcl 5c 10c 10 10c 10c 50 — — 500 Vdcal — — — — — 20 — — 240 Vac — 18/9 — 18/9 — — — — 415 Vac 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 10/2.5 DC Ratings IEC Rating (kA RMS) Icu/lcsd IEC 50/60 Hz For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. 6/1.5 — For additional IEC ratings, see the Special Ratings CCC — — — — — — — — Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X X — HACR (2P, 3P) X — X — — — — — Unit Mount X X X X X X X — I-Line™ X X X X X X X X Rear Connection X X X — — — — — Drawout — — — — — — — — Optional Lugs X X X X X X X — Shunt Trip Xfe — Xf — — Xf Xf — Undervoltage Trip Xfe — Xf — — Xf Xf — Auxiliary Switches Xfe — Xf — — Xf Xf — Alarm Switch Xfe Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf Xf — — — X — — X X — Handle Operators X — X X X X — — Mechanical Interlocks (3P) — — X — — X — — Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3Pf) — — X — — X — — Optional GF Protectiong — — X — — X X — Connections/Terminations Accessories and Modifications 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Motor Operator Trip System Type Thermal-magnetic X X X X X X X X Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — X — — X — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) — — — — — X — — Electronic — — — — — — — — — Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) X X X X X X X Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X X X X — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X X X X — Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X X X X X X — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) X X X X X X — Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) — Height 6 (152) 6 (152) 8 (203) Width 4.5 (114) 4.5 (114) 4.5 (114) Depth 4.13 (105) 4.13 (105) 4.75 (121) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Supplemental Digest Section 3/Page 9-24 Supplemental Digest Section 3/Pages 9-24 Pages 9-23 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. f Factory-installed option only. a Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. g Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip and 3P module. b 65 kA @120 Vac h Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module). c 1Ø 125 Vdc rating only. i 2P in a 3P module. d Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see j 3P only. the Supplemental Digest. Section 10 k 1P FA is 120 Vac. e Not available on 1P FA (240 V). l Not available with electronic trip units 7-8 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Selection Information Molded Case Circuit Breaker Class 500, 600, 800 www.schneider-electric.us 250 A K-Frame Circuit Breaker Type Number of Poles Current Range 400 A L-Frame 600 A L-Frame KI Q4 LA LH LI 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 LXI 3 110–250 250–400 125–400 125–400 300–600 100–600 Interrupting Ratings UL/CSA/NOM Rating (kA RMS) (50/60 Hz) 240 Vac 200 25 42 65 200 200 480Y/277 Vac 200 — 30 35 200 200 480 Vac 200 — 30 35 200 200 600Y/347 Vac 100 — 22 25 100 100 600 Vac 100 — 22 25 100 100 250 Vdc — — 10 50 — — 500 Vdca — — — 20 — — 240 Vac — — — — — — 415 Vac 130/65 — 20/5 20/5 — — — DC Ratings IEC 60947-2 (kA RMS) Icu/lcsb IEC 50/60 Hz For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest Section 10. Special Ratings CCC — — — — — Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN X X X X X X HACR (2P, 3P) — — X X — — Connections/Terminations Unit Mount X X X X X X I-Line™ X X X X X X Rear Connection — X X X — — Drawout — — — — — — Optional Lugs X X X X X X Shunt Trip Xc X X X X Undervoltage Trip Xc X X X X X Auxiliary Switches Xc X X X X X Alarm Switch Xc X X X X X Motor Operator X X X X — — Handle Operators — X X X — — Mechanical Interlocks (3P) — — Xd Xd — — Handle Padlock Attachment X X X X X X Cylinder Lock (3P) — X X X — — Xec — — — — Xd Optional GF Protection MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Accessories and Modifications Thermal-magnetic X X X X X Instantaneous-only (MCP) — — X X — — Molded Case Switch (Automatic) — — — X — — Electronic — — — — — X 7 Trip System Type Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58) General Purpose (NEMA 1) — X X X — Raintight (NEMA 3R) X X X X — Dust-tight (NEMA 12) X X X X X X Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5) X X X X — — — — — — — Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9) Dimensions (3P Unit Mount) in. (mm) Height 8 (203) 11 (279) Width 4.5 (114) 6 (152) 4.75 (121) 5.84 (148) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages 9-27 Pages 9-26 Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted. a Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. b Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10. c Factory-installed option only. d Requires circuit breaker with WB suffix . e Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip. Available only for 3P. f 65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450 A–600 A ratings — — 11.86 (301) 7.5 (190) Depth 6.74 (171) Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages 9-27 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-9 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us QO™ miniature circuit breakers are plug-on products for use in QO load centers, NQOD panelboards, NQOD OEM interiors or Speed-D™ switchboard distribution panels. Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD panelboards or interiors.a The QO exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a second, is standard on all 1P 15 A and 20 A QO circuit breakers. Table 7.1: Amperes Rating b Plug-On Circuit Breakers 1P—120/240 Vac Cat. No. QO 1P 1 Space Required QOT 1P Tandem 1 Space Required QO 2P 2 Spaces Required 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS QO2200 2P 200 A 4 Spaces Required QO 3P 3 Spaces Required 10 k AIR 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A $ Price Cat. No. 29.10 QO210 29.10 QO215d 29.10 QO220 d 29.10 QO225d 29.10 QO230d 35 A QO135 d 29.10 QO235d 40 A QO140 d 29.10 QO240 d 45 A QO145 d 29.10 QO245d 29.10 QO250d 50 A QO150 d 60 A QO160 d 29.10 QO260d 70 A QO170 d 67.00 QO270d 80 A — — QO280d 90 A — — QO290d 100 A — — QO2100d 110 A — — QO2110d 125 A — — QO2125d 150 A — — QO2150dfk 175 A — — QO2175 dfk 200 A — — QO2200dfk Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240 Vac — Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240 Vac — 22 k AIR 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A Table 7.2: 2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip QO110 QO115 de QO120 de QO125 d QO130 d 2P—240 Vac c Common Trip $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 67.00 134.00 189.00 189.00 189.00 428.00 428.00 491.00 491.00 491.00 — — — — QO215H 200.00 QO220H 200.00 QO225H 200.00 QO230H 200.00 — — QO240H 200.00 — — QO250H 200.00 QO260H 200.00 QO270H 224.00 QO280H 315.00 QO290H 315.00 QO2100H 315.00 — — — — — — — — — — QO200 70.00 QO2000i 200.00 3P—240 Vac Common Trip Cat. No. $ Price QO310 QO315d QO320d QO325d QO330d QO335d QO340d QO345d QO350d QO360d QO370d QO380d QO390d QO3100d — — — — — QO300 QO3000i 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 248.00 315.00 366.00 366.00 366.00 — — — — — 248.00 366.00 371.00 371.00 371.00 371.00 d Ampere Rating Poles Suffix 10–30 A 35–60 A 35–50 A 70–110 A 60–100 A 1, 2, 3 1,2 3 2 3 5237 Table 7.3: Circuit Breaker Type QO 1P QO 2P QO 3P QOB-VH QOT QO-AFI, QO-GFI & QO-EPD QO115VHe QO120VHe QO125VH QO130VH 63.00 63.00 73.00 73.00 QO215VHg QO220VHg QO225VHg QO230VH g 146.00 146.00 146.00 146.00 — — — — — — — — QO315VHg QO320VHg QO325VHg QO330VHg 40 A QO140VH 73.00 QO240VHg 146.00 — — QO340VHg 371.00 50 A QO150VH 73.00 QO250VHg 146.00 — — QO350VHg 371.00 Ampere Ratingb 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A QO160VH QO170VH — — 73.00 112.00 — — QO260VHg QO270VHg QO280VHg QO290VHg 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A — — — — — — 146.00 224.00 315.00 315.00 gh QO2100VH 315.00 gh QO2110VH 1034.00 gh 1034.00 QO2125VH QO2150VHfgk 1061.00 g QO2175VHf k 1061.00 QO2200VHfgk 1061.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QO360VHg 371.00 QO370VHg 477.00 QO380VHg 530.00 QO390VHg 530.00 QO3100VH g 530.00 — — — — — — — — — — QO-QOB Ring Terminal (20% $ Price Adder)— Factory Installed Only QO-PL Table 7.4: 5238 5273 Wire Sizesb Ampere Rating 10–30 A 10–30 A 35–70 A 10–30 A 10–30 A 35–70 A 80–125 A 150–200 A 10–30 A 35–70 A 80–125 A 110–150 A 15–20 A 15–30 A Wire Size (AWG/kcmil) 14–8 Al/Cu (2) 14–10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 14–8 Al/Cu (2) 14–10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 4–2/0 Al/Cu 4–300 Al/Cu 14–8 Al/Cu, (2) 14-10 Cu 8–2 Al/Cu 4–2/0 Al/Cu 4–300 Al/Cu 12–8 Al 14–8 Cu 12–8 Al 14–8 Cu 40, 50, 60 A 10–60 A 12–4 Al 14–6 Cu 12–2 Al 14–2 Cu QOT Tandem Circuit Breakers Cat. No.d $ Price 1P—120/240 Vac 15 A & 15 A QOT1515 15 A & 20 A QOT1520 20 A & 20 A QOT2020 2P—120/240 Vac 58.00 58.00 58.00 Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles. Table 7.5: Replacement Tandem Circuit Breakers 42 k AIRd 40 A 45 A 50 A — — — — — — QOH240i QOH245i QOH250i 317.00 317.00 317.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — For Use in Old Style Non-Class CTL QO Load Centers—10 k AIR Ampere Ratingb Cat. No.d 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QOH260 i QOH270 QOH280 QOH290 QOH2100 QOH2110 i QOH2125 317.00 528.00 651.00 651.00 651.00 1389.00 1389.00 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required 15 &A 15 A QO1515 73.00 15 A & 20 A QO1520 73.00 20 A & 20 A QO2020 73.00 20 A & 30 A QO2030 73.00 30 A & 20 A QO3020 73.00 Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces Required 65 k AIRd 15 A & 15 A 293.00 — — QH315d 507.00 15 A QH115e 117.00 QH215 20 A QH120e 117.00 QH220 293.00 — — QH320 507.00 25 A QH125i 117.00 QH225 i 293.00 — — QH325i 507.00 117.00 QH230 293.00 — — QH330 507.00 30 A QH130 a See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors. b 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors. c UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems. d UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. e UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. f Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. g UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-AFI, QOT,QOCAFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR circuit breakers to permit their application at 22 kA fault level. h 100 A maximum branch mounted opposite. i Order only. Contact your local Field Office. j Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT. k Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. 15 A & 20 A 20 A & 20 A 20 A & 30 A 30 A & 20 A $ Price Order Two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit breakers and handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles. — — QO20303020j 134.00 — — QOT Tandem Pan Rail Slot Circuit limiting QOT tandem circuit breakers have a mounting cam as shown. Installation into a QO load center can only be made in those positions having a mounting Mounting Cam pan rail slot. Meets Rail Bead Paragraph 408.15 of the NEC®. UL Listed as Class CTL Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12 DimensionsPage 7-54 7-10 DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 1P QO-PCAFI QO-HID HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding fluorescent and high intensity discharge (HID) lighting systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are physically interchangeable with QO circuit breakers. Table 7.6: Table 7.10: QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakersa Circuit Breaker Type Ampere Rating Combination Arcfault Interrupter Plug-On Neutral Arcfault Interrupter 1P QO-GFI 2P QO-GFI Three-wire QO-SWN QO 1P With Shunt Trip Ampere Ratingc (A) 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 10 k AIR 22 k AIR 1 Space Required 1 Space Required Cat. No. QO115CAFI QO120CAFI QO115PCAFI QO120PCAFI $ Price 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 Cat. No. QO115VHCAFI QO120VHCAFI QO115VHPCAFI QO120VHPCAFI $ Price 534.00 534.00 534.00 534.00 QO-GFI Circuit Breakers Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter 10 k AIR 1 Space Required 22 k AIR 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required $ Cat. No. Price 791. 791. — 791. 791. 791. — QO315GFI QO320GFI — QO330GFI QO340GFI QO350GFI — QO-EPD Circuit Breakers 2P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 3P Common Trip 240 Vac 10 k AIR 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required $ $ $ $ Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price 15 QO115EPD 410. QO215EPD 660. QO315EPDe 1077. QO315EPEe1077. 20 QO120EPD 410. QO220EPD 660. QO320EPDe 1077. QO320EPEe1077. 25 QO125EPD 410. QO225EPD 660. — — — — 30 QO130EPD 410. QO230EPD 660. QO330EPDe 1077. QO330EPEe1077. 40 — — QO240EPD 660. QO340EPDe 1077. QO340EPEe1077. 50 — — QO250EPD 660. QO350EPDe 1077. QO350EPEe1077. 60 — — QO260EPDd 660. — — — — QO-SWN Switch Neutral Common Trip 2008 NEC™ 514.11 QO-SWN Circuit Breakers 2 Wire 120 Vac Ampere Ratingc QO-K Key Operated 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A 50 A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved $ Price 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 95.00 Cat. No. — QO315SWN QO320SWN — QO330SWN QO340SWN QO350SWN DE2A 10 k AIR 10 k AIR 2 Spaces Required 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price QO115HIDb 38.10 QO215HID 87.00 QO315HID 300.00 QO120HIDb 38.10 QO220HID 87.00 QO320HID 300.00 QO125HID 38.10 QO225HID 87.00 QO325HID 300.00 QO130HID 38.10 QO230HID 87.00 QO330HID 300.00 QO140HID 38.10 QO240HID 87.00 — — QO150HID 38.10 QO250HID 87.00 — — $ Price — 143.00 143.00 — 143.00 143.00 143.00 QO-K Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating c Cat. No. $ Price 10 A 15 A 20 A 30 A QO110K QO115K QO120K QO130K 164.00 164.00 164.00 164.00 Ampere Ratingc 120 Vac—10 k AIR 15 A 20 A 1P Cat. No QO115HMab QO120HMab $ Price 30.60 30.60 Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but open only when the handle is switched to the OFF position. Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection or short circuit protection. They must not be used on systems that have an available fault current greater than the values listed in the table. Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and are CSA certified. Table 7.13: QO Non-Automatic Miniature Switches, 240 Vac 10 kA Ampere Rating 60 A 100 A a b d 10 k AIR 3 Spaces Required Cat. No. QO210SWN QO215SWN QO220SWN QO225SWN QO230SWN QO240SWN QO250SWN 10 k AIR 1 Space Required QO-HM High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications. Table 7.12: QO-HM Circuit Breakers c 10 k AIR 3P Common Trip 240 Vac 120 Vac—10 k AIR (1 Space Required) 3 Wire 120/240 Vac 2 Spaces Required 2P Common Trip 120/240 Vac QO-K Key operated QO circuit breakers are available in singlepole construction and can be mounted in any single-pole space which will accept a standard QO. These circuit breakers can be turned ON or OFF or to RESET with a special key (catalog number QOK10) included with the circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and available as shown in the table. 3 Spaces Required 1P 120 Vac Table 7.9: 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 10 k AIR $ $ $ Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price 233. QO115VHGFI 482. QO215GFI 413. 233. QO120VHGFI 482. QO220GFI 413. 233. QO125VHGFI 482. QO225GFI 413. 233. QO130VHGFI 482. QO230GFI 413. — — — QO240GFI 413. — — — QO250GFI 413. — — — QO260GFId 413. Table 7.8: Ampere Ratingc Table 7.11: 10 k AIR QO115GFI QO120GFI QO125GFI QO130GFI — — — QO-HID Circuit Breakers 1P 120/240 Vac 2P Common Trip 3P Common Trip 120/240 Vac 208Y/120 Vac 1P 120 Vac QO-EPD/EPE QO-EPD/EPE circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection combined with Class B ground fault protection. They are designed to provide ground fault protection of equipment at a 30 milliampere level (EPD) or 100 milliamp level (EPE). They are not designed to protect people from electrical shock. Ampere Ratingc (A) Two-wire QO-SWN 1P 120 Vac QO-GFI Qwik-Gard™ circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection, combined with Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or more, for people protection. Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance tripping. Table 7.7: 3P QO-GFI 15 A 20 A 15 A 20 A 1P 120 Vac e 2P Cat. No. QO200 QO2000 3P $ Price 70.00 200.00 Cat. No. QO300 QO3000 $ Price 248.00 366.00 UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads. 10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60° C or 75° C conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75° C conductors. Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load neutral connection. See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or QON prefix. Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-11 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1P QO-CAFI QO™ Arc-Fault Circuit Breaker (Pigtail and Plug-On Neutral) QO Pigtail circuit breakers provide branch feeder protection for series and parallel-type arcing as required by the NEC and local code adoption, and comply with UL1699. 7 www.schneider-electric.us QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers Table 7.14: QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Accessories for Use with QO™ and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers Handle Attachments Description Cat. No. Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P Handle tie and lock-off for three 1P QO, QOB circuit breakers Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position Handle Clamp: Clamp for holding QO or Q1 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position Loose attachment Fixed attachment For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position Handle Padlock Attachment: for Padlocking in ON or OFF position For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment. For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position. Loose attachment Fixed attachment For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. Handle Padlock Attachment: for For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, QO-PCAFI, and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position Padlocking in OFF position only, fixed attachment. For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment. Ring Terminal Ring terminals are available as a factory-installed option. Sub-Feed Lugs 60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu) 125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) 225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu) 125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu) For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-byMechanical Interlock Attachment side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU) QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit With Retaining Kit: breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. a Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater. QO1PL QO1PA $ Price Schedule QO1HT QOTHT QO3HT QO1LO HLO1 3.80 3.80 13.40 3.80 9.90 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E QOHPL QO1PA QOTHPA GFI2PA 9.50 10.70 11.10 9.20 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2A QO1HPL QO1PL QO1PAF QO2PAF 10.70 10.70 43.50 25.80 DE2E DE2E DE2E DE2E QOGFI1PAF 51.00 DE2E QOGFI2PAF 38.40 DE2E +20% Price Adder 47.10 137.00 308.00 137.00 DE2A DE2A DE2A DE2A DE3 QO2DTI 24.90 DE2E QO2DTIM 63.00 DE2E See Page 7-10 QO60SL QO2125SL QO2225SLa QO3125SL QO1PAF QO1LO QO1HT HLO1 QO2DTI QO2PAF 7 QO1HPL QOGFI2PAF QOTHPA MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS QOHPL Factory-Installed Accessories for Use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers Factory-installed electrical accessories take up an additional pole space on QO™, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and 3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers will accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on miniature circuit breakers. Factoryinstalled accessories are not available for QO-AFI, QO-CAFI or OQ-PCAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers or on QO2150, QO2175, or QO2200 circuit breakers. Table 7.15: Accessory Factory-Installed Accessories Rated Voltage Description Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip AC/DC coil energized from a separate circuit. A 120 Vac shunt trip will AC operate at 55% or more of rated voltage. All other shunt trips will operate at 75% or more of rated voltage. Shunt Trip 7-12 12 24 120 208 240 Coil Cat. No. Burden Suffix 60 VA 168 VA 72 VA 228 VA 288 VA $ Price Accessory Adder -1042 189.00 -1021 189.00 Auxiliary Switches Description Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED. Application Contact Max. Comb. Voltage Max. Load Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adder 1A 1B AC 120 AC 120 5A 5A -1200 -1201 132.00 132.00 1A AC 120 5A -2100 132.00 • Application • For use with momentary or maintained push button. • Not available on QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, QO-PCAFI. • Shunt trip terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu. Alarm Switches Auxiliary switch terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads. Used with control circuits and is actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped. Standard construction includes a normallyopen contact. Application • DE2A DE2E DE3 Alarm switch terminals accept (2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads. Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases Class 652 / Catalog 0730CT9801, 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.16: QO OEM Mounting Bases—UL Recognized Components Main Lug Rating Voltage System 1P Spaces Max. No. 1P Mounting Bases Cat. No. Main Wire Size AWG/kcmil $ Price 70 A 2 2 QON2L70 125 A 4 4 SK9948BW 125 A 4 4 SK9842 1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 125 A 6 6 SK9795 (Without Neutral Assembly) 125 A 6 6 SK9801 150 A 6 6 SK9796BW 150 A 8 8 SK9797 40 A 2 2 QON2L40 70 A 2 4 QON24L70 100 A 6 12 QON612L100 100 A 8 16 QON816L100 100 A 12 12 QON12L100 100 A 12 12 QON12L100SFb 125 A 12 12 QON112L125I 125 A 12 24 QON11224L125I 125 A 16 16 QON116L125I 125 A 16 24 QON11624L125I 1Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 125 A 20 20 QON120L125I 125 A 24 24 QON124L125I 125 A 32 32 QON132L125I 125 A 20 24 QON12024L125I 150 A 24 24 QON124L150I 200 A 12 12 QON124L200I 200 A 12 12 QON12L200FTLc 200 A 24 24 QON124L200I 200 A 24 24 QON124L200DLd 200 A 30 30 QON130L200I 225 A 42 42 QON142L225I 125 A 12 12 QON312L125 125 A 20 20 QON320L125 125 A 24 24 QON324L125 3Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 200 A 18 18 QON318L200 (Without Neutral Assy.) 200 A 24 24 QON324L200 200 A 30 30 QON330L200 225 A 42 42 QON342L225 60 A 3 3 QON403L60N 125 A 12 12 QON312L125I 125 A 20 20 QON320L125I a 125 A 24 24 QON324L125I 3Ø4W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 200 A 18 18 QON318L200I 200 A 24 24 QON324L200I 200 A 30 30 QON330L200I a 225 A 42 42 QON342L225I QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers 70 A 1 1 QOMB1 1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC 70 A 2 2 QOMB2 (Without Neutral Assembly) 70 A 3 3 QOMB3 SN12125 QON2L40 29.60 59.00 87.00 14–4 Cu 12–2 Al 14–4 Cu 12–2 Al 14–4 Cu 12–2 Al Solid Neutral Assemblies Main Lug Rating Number of Branch Neutral Terminals Cat. No. $ Price 125 A 125 A 200 A 200 A 225 A 12 20 12 30 42 SN12125 SN20 SN12200 SN30 SN42 36.30 39.50 40.70 54.00 63.00 Table 7.18: Description One-conductor Mounting Base Two-conductor Mounting Base Three-conductor Mounting Base Table 7.19: Main Neutral Lug Wire Size Cu/Al 4–2/0 AWG 4–2/0 AWG 4 AWG–300 kcmil 4 AWG–300 kcmil 4 AWG–300 kcmil Branch Neutral Terminal Wire Size Cu 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG 14–4 AWG Al 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 12–4 AWG 7 Table 7.17: Multi-9 Mounting Bases for UL489 C60, 240 Vac max. Poles 12 24 36 48 60 12 24 36 48 60 12 24 36 48 60 Amperes 200 A 150 A 200 A 100 A 200 A Length in. 10.4 14.4 19 23 27.5 10.4 14.4 19 23 27.5 10.4 14.4 19 23 27.5 mm 264 366 483 584 699 264 366 483 584 699 264 366 483 584 699 Cat. No.e $ Price US11220018 US12420018 US13620018 US14820018 US16020018 US21215018 US22420018 US23620018 US24820018 US26020018 US31210018 US32420018 US33620018 US34820018 US36020018 330.00 476.00 632.00 810.00 972.00 429.00 645.00 887.00 1140.00 1359.00 467.00 701.00 960.00 1245.00 1547.00 Accessories for US Mounting Base for UL489 C60 Description Main lug kit for US mounting bases, 1 lug per kit, for 6 AWG to 300 kcmil cable Terminal cover for US mounting base; provides IP20 ingress protection per IEC 60529; suitable for jumper bars or cable e DE2 Discount Schedule © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al 12–1/0 Cu/Al 12–1/0 Cu/Al 12–1/0 Cu/Al 12–1/0 Cu/Al 8–3/0 Cu/Al 8–3/0 Cu/Al 14–6 Cu, 12–6 Al 14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al 8–1/0 Cu/Al 8–1/0 Cu/Al 12–2/0 Cu/Al 6–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 6–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–250 Cu/Al 4–250 Cu/Al 4–250 Cu/Al 4–250 Cu/Al (2) 4–300 Cu/Al 4–250 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 12–6 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–2/0 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al 4–300 Cu/Al QOB Bolt-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QOB, QOB-GFI, QOB-EPD circuit breakers 3Ø3W 240 Vac Max.10 k AIC 100 A 3 3 QON3B 56.00 12–1 Cu/Al (Without Neutral Assembly) a Also IEC rated and CE marked for IEC 60439-1. Use only Square D brand Type QOXC, QOXD, QOHX and QOE circuit breakers for 415Y/240 Vac max. systems. b Device comes with factory-installed sub-feed lugs. c Device comes with factory-installed feed-thru lugs. d Device comes with factory-installed dual-line lugs. QON120L125I US Mounting Base for UL489 C60 (3 conductor shown) 27.30 75.00 78.00 84.00 108.00 131.00 140.00 35.00 50.00 70.00 92.00 113.00 161.00 120.00 168.00 131.00 191.00 225.00 263.00 360.00 263.00 263.00 339.00 500.00 339.00 500.00 417.00 599.00 251.00 380.00 395.00 327.00 402.00 477.00 674.00 49.80 281.00 441.00 461.00 426.00 468.00 528.00 716.00 DE3A DE2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI, QO-AFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Cat. No.e USMBLK USMBTC $ Price 24.00 49.50 7-13 QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers / QYU Supplementary Protectors Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Low Ampere QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU unit mount miniature circuit breakers (cable-in/cable-out) are ideal for OEM applications. They have the Square D™ circuit breaker’s unique Visi-Trip™ feature and can be DIN rail-mounted or surface- or flush-mounted using mounting feet. General Specifications Common to All Low Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers • Low Ampere QOU • • • • For convenient flush mount, surface mount or DIN mount (symmetrical rail 35 x 7.5 DIN/EN 50 022) Single handle with internal common trip Terminal lug wire size (1) 14–2 AWG Cu or Al Reversible line and load lugs Field-installable quick connectors Table 7.20: Ampere Rating • • • UL Listed 48 Vdc (5 k AIR) UL Listed as HACR Type: 10–70 A High magnetic trip circuit breakers (QOU-HM) are recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual dimmer applications. For DIN mounting rails, see IEC Starters and Relays, Section 18. • QOU Low Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers 1P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. 2P 120/240 Vac $ Price Cat. No. 2P 240 Vac $ Price 3P 240 Vac Cat. No.a $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 10 k AIR 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A QOU110 QOU115 QOU120 QOU125 QOU130 QOU135 QOU140 QOU145 QOU150 QOU160 QOU170 QOU210 QOU215 QOU220 QOU225 QOU230 QOU235 QOU240 QOU245 QOU250 QOU260 QOU270 40.20 78.00 22 k AIR 15 A QOU115VH 20 A QOU120VH 25 A QOU125VH 30 A QOU130VH 35 A QOU135VH 101.00 40 A QOU140VH 45 A QOU145VH 50 A QOU150VH 60 A QOU160VH a QOU-H interrupting rating is 10 kA at 240 Vac. Table 7.21: 7 Ampere Rating MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 15 A 20 A Table 7.22: Ampere Rating 10 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A High Ampere QOU 87.00 171.00 QOU215VH QOU220VH QOU225VH QOU230VH QOU235VH QOU240VH QOU245VH QOU250VH QOU260VH — QOU215H QOU220H QOU225H QOU230H — — — — — — — — — — — — QOU310 QOU315 QOU320 QOU325 QOU330 QOU335 QOU340 QOU345 QOU350 QOU360 QOU370 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — QOU315VH QOU320VH QOU325VH QOU330VH — — — — — 189.00 168.00 285.00 363.00 426.00 — — — — — QOU-HM Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR) 1P 120/240 Vac 2P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. QOU115HM QOU120HM $ Price Cat. No. — — 40.20 2P 240 Vac $ Price — — Cat. No. — — 3P 240 Vac $ Price — — Cat. No. — — $ Price — — QYU UL1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (5 k AIR) 1P 277 Vac Cat. No. QYU110 QYU115 QYU120 QYU125 QYU130 2P 120/240 Vac $ Price Cat. No. — — — — — 122.00 $ Price — — — — — 2P 240 Vac Cat. No. — — — — — 3P 240 Vac $ Price — — — — — Cat. No. — — — — — $ Price — — — — — High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers General Specifications Common to All High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers • • • • • Flush mount, surface mount, and DIN rail mount. Internal common trip. Non-reversible line and load lugs. Terminal lug wire size (1) 12– 2/0 AWG Cu or Al. UL Listed 60 Vdc per pole (5 k AIR). (Note: except switches) Table 7.23: 1P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. 80 A 90 A 100 A 125 A QOU180 QOU190 QOU1100 — Ampere Rating 60 A 100 A 125 A UL Listed as HACR type, 80–125 A. Non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but provide no overcurrent or short circuit protection. They are UL Listed per UL1087 and are CSA certified. QOU High Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR) Ampere Rating Table 7.24: • • 2P 120/240 Vac $ Price Cat. No. QOU280 QOU290 QOU2100 QOU2125 176.00 — 2P 240 Vac $ Price 246.00 452.00 3P 240 Vac Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. — — — — — — — — QOU380 QOU390 QOU3100 — $ Price 416.00 — QOU Non-Automatic Switches 1P 120 Vac Cat. No. — — — $ Price 2P 120/240 Vac Cat. No. — — — — — — $ Price — — — 2P 240 Vac Cat. No. QOU200 QOU2000 QOU20001 $ Price 87.00 246.00 452.00 3P 240 Vac Cat. No. QOU300 QOU3000 QOU30001 $ Price 285.00 416.00 716.00 Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12, 7-15 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 7-14 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers QOU Accessories Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801 www.schneider-electric.us Cover and Cover Screw QOU14100JBAF QOURT Field-installable Ring Tongue Terminal Connector Description Order Qty. Cat. No. Unit $ Price Factory-installed ring tongue terminal, 10–32 screw, for 1P, 2P, 3P QOU, 10–60 A Hex drive 5/32 in. wire binding screw for QOU For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON position — — — Suffix -5283 Suffix -5280 QOU1PA Add 20% to price Add 20% to price 10.10 For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON — position For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only — For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only — For padlocking 2P and 3P high ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only — Handle lock-out, ON or OFF position — 4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw 1 4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/right side wiring with base, cover and screw 1 4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/left side wiring with base, cover and screw 1 QOU1PAFLAc 43.50 QOU2PAFLAc 25.80 Suffix -7100 Add 20% to price HLO1c 9.90 QOU14100JBAF 73.00 QOU14100JBAR 73.00 QOU14100JBAL 73.00 1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with front wiring 1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring 1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring 4P Jumper bar cover Mounting screw for jumper bar cover 6P 150 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw 1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with front wiring 1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring 40 40 40 40 40 1 40 40 QOU14100BAFB QOU14100BALB QOU14100BARB QOU14100CAB QOU1CMSB QOU16150JBAF QOU16150BAFB QOU16150BALB 53.00 53.00 53.00 13.20 0.35 99.00 69.00 69.00 1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring 6P jumper bar cover 40 40 QOU16150BARB QOU16150CAB 69.00 17.10 Vertical rainproof cover 2P and 3P QO, QOU, FA and KA 1 10 1 10 1 40 1 40 BCVac BCVBac BCHac BCHBac QOUHFSC1 QOUHFSC1B QOULFSC1 QOULFSC1B 30.80 30.80 30.80 30.80 2.60 2.10 2.60 2.10 Cover plate for one 2P QOU circuit breaker 1 40 QOUCP2 QOUCP2B 8.30 6.60 Cover plate for one 3P QOU circuit breaker 1 40 1 40 1 40 QOUCP3 QOUCP3B QOUCP4 QOUCP4B QOUCP6 QOUCP6B 15.80 12.80 9.90 7.90 15.60 12.20 1 80 1 40 1 40 1 80 1 40 QOURT QOURTB QOUEC QOUECB QOUFR QOUFRB QOUMF1a QOUMF1Ba QOUMF2a QOUMF2Ba 5.70 4.40 5.70 4.40 5.70 4.40 0.71 0.54 1.40 1.10 1 24 QOUMF3a QOUMF3Ba 2.30 1.70 1 80 Suffix -3100 QOUMFS1 QOUMFS1B Add 20% to price 2.40 2.30 1 QOU2DTILA b Horizontal rainproof cover 2P QO, QOU, and 3P Q2, EH QOUEC Fieldinstallable Quick Connector Crimp connectors are not included with Square D brand connectors 1P Fingersafe™ cover for high ampere QOU circuit breaker 1P Fingersafe cover for low ampere QOU circuit breaker 2P DIN Mounted QOU Circuit Breakers Cover plate for two 2P QOU circuit breakers Cover plate for three 2P QOU circuit breakers Field-installable ring tongue terminal adaptor Mounting Foot QOUMF1 Quick connector end connection wiring Quick connector forward or reverse wiring 1P QOU mounting foot 2P QOU mounting foot 3P QOU mounting foot Tapped Mounting Foot Suffix–3100 Tapped mounting foot for QOU, 1P and 2P 10–70 A, 3P 10–60 A Packaged with circuit breaker Individually packaged Bulk packed Mechanical interlock attachment: Used to interlock two circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time. A 1P or 2P circuit breaker can be mounted on the left and interlocked with a 2P or 3P circuit breaker on the right. a For use on low and high ampere QOU. b 10–70 A 1P and 2P, 10–60 A 3P. c DE2E Discount Schedule QOU1PL 10.10 24.90 7 4P Jumper Bar Assembly Base Accessories for QOU Low Ampere Circuit Breakers (Except as Noted) For QOUQ Low Ampere Circuit Breakers with Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals QOUQ low ampere circuit breakers with four-point quick-connect terminals are provided with permanent factory-installed terminals which are affixed to the Load or OFF end of the circuit breaker. This special terminal will accommodate up to four 1/4-inch insulated female quick connect wire terminations. Total ampacity of these connections must not exceed the rating of the circuit breaker. Table 7.26: QOUQ Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals Poles Order Qty. Cat. No. 1 2 3 1 1 1 Change QOU to QOUQ Unit $ Price Adder 8.90 17.70 26.40 Electrical Accessories for QOU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2A DE2E Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.25: 7-15 Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL 489 C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 Multi 9 C60 UL 489 Listed 240 V Miniature Circuit Breakers • • • • UL 489 Listed and CSA 22.2 No. 5.1 for branch circuit protection Eliminates concerns and uncertainty of using a UL 1077 device where a UL 489 device is required Replaces fuses in low-ampere range; 17 ratings up to 35 A • • Trip Curve 1P C60 2P C60 Use • • • • Magnetic Release C For typical loads 7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC) D For high inrush 10–14 x ampere rating Table 7.27: • www.schneider-electric.us 10 k AIR (1P @ 120 Vac; 2P and 3P @ 240 Vac) 60 Vdc for 1P and 125 Vdc for 2P (on C-curve circuit breakers only, see table below) Increased installation flexibility with standard box lugs or optional ring terminals Allows easy front-mounting and rear wiring when using ring terminals A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories Suitable for reverse feeding Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect UL 489 Circuit Breakers (120/240 V) C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC) Rating (A) 1Pa Cat. No. 2Pb D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating 3P 1P 2P 3P $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Box Lug/Box Lug 3P C60 0.5 1 60100 60101 125.00 125.00 60134 60135 269.00 269.00 — 60168 — 387.00 60117 60118 125.00 125.00 60151 60152 269.00 269.00 — 60184 — 387.00 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 60102 60103 60104 60105 60106 60107 60108 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 114.00 114.00 60136 60137 60138 60139 60140 60141 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 246.00 60169 60170 60171 60172 60173 60174 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 356.00 60119 60120 60121 60122 60123 60124 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 125.00 114.00 60153 60154 60155 60156 60157 60158 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 269.00 246.00 60185 60186 60187 60188 60189 60190 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 387.00 356.00 8 10 13 15 20 25 30 60109 60110 60111 60112 60113 60114 60115 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 120.00 60142 60143 60144 60145 60146 60147 60148 60149 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 257.00 60175 60176 60177 60178 60179 60180 60181 60182 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 372.00 60125 60126 60127 60128 60129 60130 60131 60132 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 114.00 120.00 60159 60160 60161 60162 60163 60164 60165 60166 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 246.00 257.00 60191 60192 60193 60194 60195 60196 60197 60198 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 356.00 35 60116 120.00 60150 257.00 60183 372.00 60133 120.00 60167 257.00 60199 372.00 372.00 60234 60235 60236 60237 60238 60239 60240 60241 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 261.00 — 60268 60269 60270 60271 60272 60273 60274 — 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 378.00 60217 60218 60219 60220 60221 60222 60223 60224 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 122.00 60251 60252 60253 60254 60255 60256 60257 60258 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 282.00 261.00 — 60284 60285 60286 60287 60288 60289 60290 — 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 410.00 378.00 60242 60243 60244 60245 60246 60247 60248 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 60275 60276 60277 60278 60279 60280 60281 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 60225 60226 60227 60228 60229 60230 60231 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 60259 60260 60261 60262 60263 60264 60265 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 261.00 60291 60292 60293 60294 60295 60296 60297 60249 60250 273.00 273.00 60282 60283 395.00 395.00 60232 60233 126.00 126.00 60266 60267 273.00 273.00 60298 60299 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 378.00 395.00 Ring Tongue/Ring Tongue 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Box Lug C60 a b 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 60200 60201 60202 60203 60204 60205 60206 60207 60208 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 131.00 122.00 122.00 8 10 13 15 20 25 60209 60210 60211 60212 60213 60214 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 122.00 30 60215 126.00 35 60216 126.00 1P dual rated 120 Vac/60 Vdc. 2P dual rated 240 Vac/125 Vdc. 395.00 Interrupting ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 Mounting Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-13 DIN Mounting Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 18 Ring Tongue C60 Box/Ring C60 7-16 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL 489 C60 480 Vac and UL489A C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Multi 9 C60 UL 489 Listed 480V Miniature Circuit Breakers • • • • UL 489 Listed, CSA C22.2 No. 5.1; Also IEC 60947-2; CE marked 480Y/277 Vac @ 10 kA (2P and 3P), 277 Vac @ 10 kA (1P) 0.5 A through 20 A 1P, 2P, 3P, 18 mm wide per pole Trip Curve 1P UL489 C60 Use Magnetic Release C For typical loads 7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC) D For high inrush 10–14 x ampere rating • • • • • • UL 486B Listed single-barrel lug: (2) 18–10 AWG (1-25 mm2) cables, Cu only Optional ring tongue terminals A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories Suitable for reverse feeding Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect Table 7.28: UL 489 Circuit Breakers (480Y/277 Vac) C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC) Rating (A) 1P Cat. No. 2P $ Price Cat. No. D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating 3P $ Price 1P Cat. No. 2P $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 3P $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Single-Barrel Wire Lug 2P UL489 C60 0.5 MGN61300 168.00 — — — — MGN61333 168.00 — — — — 1 MGN61301 168.00 MGN61312 357.00 MGN61323 519.00 MGN61334 168.00 MGN61345 357.00 MGN61356 519.00 2 MGN61302 168.00 MGN61313 357.00 MGN61324 519.00 MGN61335 168.00 MGN61346 357.00 MGN61357 519.00 3 MGN61303 168.00 MGN61314 357.00 MGN61325 519.00 MGN61336 168.00 MGN61347 357.00 MGN61358 519.00 4 MGN61304 168.00 MGN61315 357.00 MGN61326 519.00 MGN61337 168.00 MGN61348 357.00 MGN61359 519.00 5 MGN61305 168.00 MGN61316 357.00 MGN61327 519.00 MGN61338 168.00 MGN61349 357.00 MGN61360 519.00 6 MGN61306 168.00 MGN61317 357.00 MGN61328 519.00 MGN61339 168.00 MGN61350 357.00 MGN61361 519.00 8 MGN61307 168.00 MGN61318 357.00 MGN61329 519.00 MGN61340 168.00 MGN61351 357.00 MGN61362 519.00 10 MGN61308 168.00 MGN61319 357.00 MGN61330 519.00 MGN61341 168.00 MGN61352 357.00 MGN61363 519.00 15 MGN61309 168.00 MGN61320 357.00 MGN61331 519.00 MGN61342 168.00 MGN61353 357.00 MGN61364 519.00 20 MGN61310 168.00 MGN61321 357.00 MGN61332 519.00 MGN61343 168.00 MGN61354 357.00 MGN61365 519.00 3P UL489 C60 0.5 MGN61366 168.00 — — — — MGN61399 168.00 — — — — 1 MGN61367 168.00 MGN61378 357.00 MGN61389 519.00 MGN61400 168.00 MGN61411 357.00 MGN61422 519.00 2 MGN61368 168.00 MGN61379 357.00 MGN61390 519.00 MGN61401 168.00 MGN61412 357.00 MGN61423 519.00 3 MGN61369 168.00 MGN61380 357.00 MGN61391 519.00 MGN61402 168.00 MGN61413 357.00 MGN61424 519.00 4 MGN61370 168.00 MGN61381 357.00 MGN61392 519.00 MGN61403 168.00 MGN61414 357.00 MGN61425 519.00 5 MGN61371 168.00 MGN61382 357.00 MGN61393 519.00 MGN61404 168.00 MGN61415 357.00 MGN61426 519.00 6 MGN61372 168.00 MGN61383 357.00 MGN61394 519.00 MGN61405 168.00 MGN61416 357.00 MGN61427 519.00 8 MGN61373 168.00 MGN61384 357.00 MGN61395 519.00 MGN61406 168.00 MGN61417 357.00 MGN61428 519.00 10 MGN61374 168.00 MGN61385 357.00 MGN61396 519.00 MGN61407 168.00 MGN61418 357.00 MGN61429 519.00 15 MGN61375 168.00 MGN61386 357.00 MGN61397 519.00 MGN61408 168.00 MGN61419 357.00 MGN61430 519.00 20 MGN61376 168.00 MGN61387 357.00 MGN61398 519.00 MGN61409 168.00 MGN61420 357.00 MGN61431 519.00 Multi 9 C60 UL 489A Listed Miniature Circuit Breakers for DC Telecommunication Applications A limited range of C60 products are UL Listed as UL 489A circuit breakers for protection of DC telecommunications circuits. UL 489A Circuit Breakers for DC Telecommunications Applications (1P, 2 Modules, C curve) Rating (A) Cat. No. $ Price Rating (A) Cat. No. $ Price 0.5 60406 120.00 10 60414 101.00 1 60407 101.00 13 60415 101.00 2 60408 101.00 15 60416 101.00 3 60409 101.00 20 60417 101.00 4 60410 101.00 30 60418 101.00 5 60411 101.00 40 60419 111.00 6 60412 101.00 50 60420 117.00 8 60413 101.00 60 60421 123.00 7 Table 7.29: Interrupting Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Ring Tongue Terminal 7-17 Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL1077 C60H Circuit Breakers, UL1053 Ground Fault Protectors Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (250 and 500 Vdc) The C60H-DC supplementary protectors are used in direct current circuits (industrial control and automation, transport, renewable energy, etc.). They provide overcurrent protection within appliances or electrical equipment. • • • • • • Range from 0.5–40 A 5 k AIR at 250 Vdc (1-pole) and 5 k AIR at 500 Vdc (2-pole, wired in series) Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect C-Curve: 7 to14 times ampere rating UL 1077, IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2, CCC and CE mark . Table 7.30: Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors 1P C60H-DC 1-Pole 24–250 Vdc 2-Pole 24–500 Vdc Current (A)a Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 0.5 MGN61500 182.00 MGN61520 392.00 1 MGN61501 182.00 MGN61521 392.00 2 MGN61502 182.00 MGN61522 392.00 3 MGN61503 182.00 MGN61523 392.00 4 MGN61504 182.00 MGN61524 392.00 5 MGN61505 182.00 MGN61525 392.00 6 MGN61506 182.00 MGN61526 392.00 10 MGN61508 182.00 MGN61528 392.00 13 MGN61509 182.00 MGN61529 392.00 15 MGN61510 182.00 MGN61530 392.00 16 MGN61511 182.00 MGN61531 392.00 20 MGN61512 182.00 MGN61532 392.00 25 MGN61513 182.00 MGN61533 392.00 30 MGN61514 182.00 MGN61534 392.00 32 MGN61515 182.00 MGN61535 392.00 40 MGN61517 200.00 MGN61537 412.00 a At 25°C/77°F, for other temperatures see temperature derating table in Multi 9 Catalog 0860CT0201R1/08 2P C60H-DC Multi 9 UL1053 Listed GFP Ground Fault Protectors • • • • • • Provides ground fault protection for electrical circuits. Available in 2P (2-wire) and 4P (3- or 4-wire) versions Provides no thermal or magnetic protection. The circuit must be protected by an upstream device. Contains Si Technology to increase immunity to noise and to minimize the potential for nuisance tripping in noisy electrical environments. Tripped condition due to a ground fault is displayed on the front face by a red mechanical indicator. DIN rail mounting for easy installation. 7 . Table 7.31: Multi 9 UL 1053 Listed GFP Ground Fault Protectors MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2P 2P GFP 4P UL1053 UL1053 120/240 Vac, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 277 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac, 60 Hz IEC 61008 230 Vac, 240 Vac, 50 Hz 4P GFP (3- or 4-wire) Current Maximum (A) Sensitivity (mA) 30 25 100 300 30 40 100 300 30 63 100 300 80 300 100 300 Tripping Range 22.1 to 29.9 mA 73.1 to 98.9 mA 221 to 299 mA 22.1 to 29.9 mA 73.1 to 98.9 mA 221 to 299 mA 22.1 to 29.9 mA 73.1 to 98.9 mA 221 to 299 mA 221 to 299 mA 221 to 299 mA UL1053 240 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac, 60 Hz IEC 61008 IEC 61008 230/400 Vac, 240/415 Vac, 50 Hz 230/400 Vac, 240/415 Vac, 50 Hz Family Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price GFP 30 GFP 100 GFP 300 GFP 30 GFP 100 GFP 300 GFP 30 GFP 100 GFP 300 GFP 300 GFP 300 60949 60950 60951 60952 60953 60954 60955 60956 60957 60958 60959 633.00 570.00 444.00 666.00 600.00 467.00 1001.00 900.00 701.00 933.00 1097.00 60969 60970 60971 60972 60973 60974 60975 60976 60977 60978 60979 696.00 627.00 488.00 734.00 660.00 513.00 1100.00 990.00 770.00 1026.00 1206.00 60989 60990 60991 60992 60993 60994 60995 60996 60997 60998 60999 720.00 648.00 504.00 758.00 683.00 531.00 1136.00 1023.00 795.00 1272.00 1496.00 Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 7-18 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers UL 1077 C60 Supplementary Protectors Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Intended for use within equipment where branch circuit protection is already provided or not needed • • • • • Range from 0.5 to 63 A 10 k AIR @ 120/240 Vac; 5 k AIR at 480Y/277; 10 k AIR @ 60 Vdc (1P) and 125 Vdc (2P) Suitable for reverse feeding DIN mounting for easy installation Suitable for reverse feeding Table 7.32: Rating (A) 3P UL 1077 C60 4P UL 1077 C60 Trip Curve B C D Use For sensitive equipment For typical loads For high inrush Magnetic Release 3.2–4.8 x ampere rating 7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC) 10–14 x ampere rating UL 1077 Supplementary Protectors 1P $ Price 2P $ Price 3P $ Price 4P $ Price 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 224.00 240.00 252.00 252.00 MG24140 — — MG24141 MG24142 MG24143 — MG24144 — MG24145 MG24146 MG24147 MG17461 MG24148 MG24149 MG24150 MG17462 MG24151 MG17463 MG24152 MG24153 MG17464 MG24154 315.00 — — 315.00 315.00 315.00 — 315.00 — 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 324.00 338.00 353.00 353.00 MG24155 — — MG24156 MG24157 MG24158 — MG24159 — MG24160 MG24161 MG24162 — MG24163 MG24164 MG24165 — MG24166 — MG24167 MG24168 — MG24169 416.00 — — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 420.00 438.00 — 450.00 — 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 224.00 240.00 252.00 252.00 — MG24459 — — MG24460 MG24461 MG24462 — MG24464 — MG24465 MG24466 MG24467 MG17466 MG24468 MG24469 MG24470 MG17467 MG24471 MG17468 MG24472 MG24473 MG17469 MG24474 — 315.00 — — 315.00 315.00 315.00 — 315.00 — 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 324.00 338.00 353.00 353.00 — MG24476 — — MG24477 MG24478 MG24479 — MG24481 — MG24482 MG24483 MG24484 — MG24485 MG24486 MG24487 — MG24488 — MG24489 MG24490 — MG24491 — 416.00 — — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 420.00 438.00 — 450.00 — 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 218.00 224.00 240.00 252.00 252.00 — MG24532 — — MG24533 MG24534 MG24535 — MG24536 — MG24537 MG24538 MG24539 MG17471 MG24540 MG24541 MG24542 MG17472 MG24543 MG17473 MG24544 MG24545 MG17474 MG24546 — 315.00 — — 315.00 315.00 315.00 — 315.00 — 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 315.00 324.00 338.00 353.00 353.00 — MG24548 — — MG24549 MG24550 MG24551 — MG24552 — MG24553 MG24554 MG24555 — MG24556 MG24557 MG24558 — MG24559 — MG24560 MG24561 — MG24562 — 416.00 — — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 416.00 416.00 — 416.00 — 420.00 438.00 — 450.00 B Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 3.2 and 4.8 Times Ampere Rating 1 MG24110 101.00 MG24125 1.2 MG17402 101.00 MG17432 1.5 MG17403 101.00 MG17433 2 MG24111 101.00 MG24126 3 MG24112 101.00 MG24127 4 MG24113 101.00 MG24128 5 MG17404 101.00 MG17434 6 MG24114 101.00 MG24129 7 MG17405 101.00 MG17435 8 MG24115 101.00 MG24130 10 MG24116 101.00 MG24131 13 MG24117 101.00 MG24132 15 MG17406 101.00 MG17436 16 MG24118 101.00 MG24133 20 MG24119 101.00 MG24134 25 MG24120 101.00 MG24135 30 MG17407 101.00 MG17437 32 MG24121 101.00 MG24136 35 MG17408 101.00 MG17438 40 MG24122 111.00 MG24137 50 MG24123 117.00 MG24138 60 MG17409 123.00 MG17439 63 MG24124 123.00 MG24139 C Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 7 and 10 Times Ampere Rating 0.5 MG17411 120.00 — 1 MG24425 101.00 MG24442 1.2 MG17412 101.00 MG17442 1.5 MG17413 101.00 MG17443 2 MG24426 101.00 MG24443 3 MG24427 101.00 MG24444 4 MG24428 101.00 MG24445 5 MG17414 101.00 MG17444 6 MG24430 101.00 MG24447 7 MG17415 101.00 MG17445 8 MG24431 101.00 MG24448 10 MG24432 101.00 MG24449 13 MG24433 101.00 MG24450 15 MG17416 101.00 MG17446 16 MG24434 101.00 MG24451 20 MG24435 101.00 MG24452 25 MG24436 101.00 MG24453 30 MG17417 101.00 MG17447 32 MG24437 101.00 MG24454 35 MG17418 101.00 MG17448 40 MG24438 111.00 MG24455 50 MG24439 117.00 MG24456 60 MG17419 123.00 MG17449 63 MG24440 123.00 MG24457 D Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 10 and 14 Times Ampere Rating 0.5 MG17421 120.00 — 1 MG24500 101.00 MG24516 1.2 MG17422 101.00 MG17452 1.5 MG17423 101.00 MG17453 2 MG24501 101.00 MG24517 3 MG24502 101.00 MG24518 4 MG24503 101.00 MG24519 5 MG17424 101.00 MG17454 6 MG24504 101.00 MG24520 7 MG17425 101.00 MG17455 8 MG24505 101.00 MG24521 10 MG24506 101.00 MG24522 13 MG24507 101.00 MG24523 15 MG17426 101.00 MG17456 16 MG24508 101.00 MG24524 20 MG24509 101.00 MG24525 25 MG24510 101.00 MG24526 30 MG17427 101.00 MG17457 32 MG24511 101.00 MG24527 35 MG17428 101.00 MG17458 40 MG24512 111.00 MG24528 50 MG24513 117.00 MG24529 60 MG17429 123.00 MG17459 63 MG24514 123.00 MG24530 Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-3 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-20 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-19 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2P UL 1077 C60 A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories Trip-free mechanism Positive indication of contact disconnect 7 1P UL 1077 C60 • • • Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers C60 Accessories Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201 www.schneider-electric.us Electrical Accessories for C60 Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors Possible Combinations Mounted to the left of the circuit breaker with a maximum width of 54 mm. + + + + Spacer Ring Tongue Terminal Kit Terminal Screw Shield Max. 54 mm SD Alarm Switch Table 7.33: C60 Padlock Attachment Control Voltage Vac 12–277 12–277 24 48 110–240–277 24 48 120 240 MN Undervoltage Release Multi-9 GFP UL 1053 Listed Ground Fault Protectors Table 7.34: Width in 9 mm modules 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Front Mounting Kit for C60 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P (1 per circuit breaker) Ring tongue terminal kit for UL1077 C60 Spacer for DIN rail, Not UL Recognized Padlock Attachment (1 per for 1P, 2P, 3P or 4P) Heavy-duty Padlock Attachment for C60, Locks OFF only Padlocking Device Left Side Mount, Locks OFF onlya Padlocking Device Right Side Mount, Locks OFF onlyb Front Mounting Kit Label holders for 2, 3 or 4P C60 (Not UL Recognized) Terminal Screw Shield (Not UL Recognized) Terminal cover (Not UL Recognized) Comb Bus Bar Kit for UL1077 C60, 12 poles, Fixed Length MGN26380 Locking Device Left Side Mount MGN26381 Locking Device Right Side Mount C60 UL/IEC $ Price 60.00 60.00 140.00 201.00 Multi 9 C60 Mechanical Accessories C60 Descriptions Label Holders for 2, 3 or 4P C60 C60 Vdc Cat. No. 12–125 1 MG26925 12–125 1 MG26928 24 2 27118 48 2 27110 125 2 27109 24 2 27108 48 2 27106 — 2 27107 — 2 27105 120 to 480Y/277 Vac; 30, 100, and 300 mA; 2P and 4Ps. See page 7-18 Handout, 0860HO0602 or Catalog 0860CT0201 OF Auxiliary Switch (1a1b) SD Alarm Switch (1a1b) MX Shunt Trip + OF Auxiliary Switch (1a1b) Rotary Handle MN Undervoltage Release Multi 9 C60 Electrical Accessories Descriptions Heavy-duty Padlock Attachment MX Shunt trip + Aux Switch OF Auxiliary Switch 1P 2P 3P 4P Cat. No. 17400 MG27062 MG26970 M9PAF MGN26380 MGN26381 MG26983 MG26984 MG26985 MG26989 Bag of 10 MG27150 51.00 MG26981 51.00 For one pole 9 mm wide 2 per pack 2 per pack 1 per pack Bag of two 4P shields 1P 2P 3P 4P 1Ø 2Ø 3Ø Tooth Caps for UL Comb Bus Bar, Bag of 20 Rotary Handle for C60 (Non UL Recognized) Operating Subassembly Door Interlock Handle Fixed Handle (Front or Lateral) 2P/3P/4P $ Price 15.80 9.30 33.20 60.00 37.50 37.50 16.80 16.80 16.80 16.80 MG26975 26.10 MG26976 51.00 MG26975+MG26976 MG26978 102.00 MG10285 63.00 MG10286 69.00 MG10287 80.00 60488 37.80 MG27046 MG27047 MG27048 129.00 107.00 117.00 14211 14210 54.00 158.00 Multi-pole Front Mounting Kit Comb Bus Bar Rail Support (20 of 9 mm modules) Hinged Transparent Cover a b Multi-pole Front Mounting Kit 7-20 Left-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with accessories SD, OF, MX or MN. Use rightside mounted padlocking device when accessories are required. Right-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with VIGI module. Use left-side mounted padlocking device when VIGI Module is required.. DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Molded Case Circuit Breakers PowerPact Family Class 611 www.schneider-electric.us The PowerPact Advantage • Proven Performance: Industry-leading circuit breaker innovation and protection for heavy-duty commercial and industrial applications. Smart: Integrated metering options provide a cost-effective solution to reduce energy consumption, optimize energy costs, and improve energy availablility for your facilities. Flexible: Full range of thermal-magnetic and electronic trip molded case circuit breakers from 15 A to 3000 A, delivering the ratings, configurations, and operators for your unique applications. Simple: Common catalog numbers, standardized ratings, and a full range of field-installable accessories make product selection, installation and maintenance easier than ever. Common Design Features: Mounting holes, door trim, and handle accessories • • • • H-Frame 150 A Electronic Trip Version J-Frame 250 A Q-Frame 250 A L-Frame 600 A M-Frame 800 A P-Frame 1200 A R-Frame 3000 A Electronic Trip Version Table 7.35: PowerPact Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating Voltage B D G J K L R 10 kA 25 kA 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 200 kA 480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 65 kA a 100 kA 200 kA 600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA 25 kA 65 kA a 50 kAb 100 kA 240 Vac P-frame K interrupting is 50 kA at 480 and 600 Vac. P-frame L interrupting is 25 kA at 600 Vac. Voltage L 3 6 1 5 0 A B S MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Poles G Suffix Code Termination H Suffix Code Rating Common Catalog Numbering System Frame Table 7.36: Amperage c a b A 110 Vac Shunt Trip 2A/2B Auxiliary Switch Frame Designation Interrupting Rating Terminations 240 Vac 480 Vac 600Vac A I-Line H 150 A Frame B 10 kA L Lugs on Both Ends J 250 A Frame D 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA F Bus Bar (No Lugs) Q 250 A Frame G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA M Lugs Line Side Only L 600 A Frame J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA P Lugs Load End Only M 800 A Frame K 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA N Plug-in P 1200 A Frame L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA D Drawout R 3000 A Frame R 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA S Rear Connected Studs c For amperage of M-, P- or R-frame circuit breakers, add a zero to the three amperage digits; for example, 120 = 1200 A. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Q-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 L-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 P-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27 R-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28 PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . 7-29 Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . 7-31 Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35 Mission Critical Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 Motor Operators and Rotary Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Mechanical Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC). . . . . . . . 7-43 Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories . . . . . 7-44 Plug-In and Drawout Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 7-21 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 Table 7.37: H-Frame 150 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitingd Circuit Breakers(600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Fixed AC Magnetic Trip Current Rating @ 40o C Hold www.schneider-electric.us Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) D Cat. No.bc Trip G Jd Ld Terminal Wire Range $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated H-Frame, 150A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc HD and HG 2P Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit (2P HJ, HL in 3P module) H-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit 7 Table 7.38: MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Current Rating @ 40oC 350 A 350 A 350 A 350 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 400 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 800 A 900 A 900 A 900 A 750 A 750 A 750 A 750 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 850 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1450 A 1700 A 1700 A 1700 A 1700 A H( )L26015(C) H( )L26020(C) H( )L26025(C) H( )L26030(C) H( )L26035(C) H( )L26040(C) H( )L26045(C) H( )L26050(C) H( )L26060(C) H( )L26070(C) H( )L26080(C) H( )L26090(C) H( )L26100(C) H( )L26110(C) H( )L26125(C) H( )L26150(C) 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 870.00 1062.00 1062.00 1062.00 1062.00 2072.00 2072.00 2072.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1044.00 1274.00 1274.00 1274.00 1274.00 2486.00 2486.00 2486.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1269.00 1497.00 1497.00 1497.00 1497.00 3059.00 3059.00 3059.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1523.00 1797.00 1797.00 1797.00 1797.00 3671.00 3671.00 3671.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1559.00 1721.00 1721.00 1721.00 1721.00 4449.00 4449.00 4449.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 1871.00 2066.00 2066.00 2066.00 2066.00 5339.00 5339.00 5339.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2364.00 2613.00 2613.00 2613.00 2613.00 5534.00 5534.00 5534.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 2837.00 3137.00 3137.00 3137.00 3137.00 6641.00 6641.00 6641.00 AL150HD 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu H-Frame 150A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 15 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36015(C) 1088.00 20 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36020(C) 1088.00 25 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36025(C) 1088.00 30 A 350 A 750 A H( )L36030(C) 1088.00 35 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36035(C) 1088.00 40 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36040(C) 1088.00 45 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36045(C) 1088.00 50 A 400 A 850 A H( )L36050(C) 1088.00 60 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36060(C) 1088.00 70 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36070(C) 1328.00 80 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36080(C) 1328.00 90 A 800 A 1450 A H( )L36090(C) 1328.00 100 A 800 A 1700 A H( )L36100(C) 1328.00 110 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36110(C) 2600.00 125 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36125(C) 2600.00 150 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36150(C) 2600.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1305.00 1592.00 1592.00 1592.00 1592.00 3120.00 3120.00 3120.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1493.00 1701.00 1701.00 1701.00 1701.00 3599.00 3599.00 3599.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 1791.00 2042.00 2042.00 2042.00 2042.00 4319.00 4319.00 4319.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 1949.00 2099.00 2099.00 2099.00 2099.00 5174.00 5174.00 5174.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2339.00 2519.00 2519.00 2519.00 2519.00 6209.00 6209.00 6209.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 2849.00 3149.00 3149.00 3149.00 3149.00 6749.00 6749.00 6749.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3419.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 8099.00 8099.00 8099.00 AL150HD 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu J-Frame 250 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitingd Circuit Breakers (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Adjustable AC Magnetic Trip Low 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A High Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) D Cat. No.bc G Jd Ld Rd Terminal Wire Range $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated J-Frame 250A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 150 A 750 A 1500 A J( )L26150(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 175 A 875 A 1750 A J( )L26175(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )L26200(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )L26225(C) 2175.00 2610.00 3212.00 3854.00 4671.00 5606.00 250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )L26250(C) 2988.00 3585.00 4251.00 5102.00 6225.00 7469.00 J-Frame 250A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc 150 A 750 A 1500 A J( )L36150(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 175 A 875 A 1750 A J( )L36175(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )L36200(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )L36225(C) 2730.00 3276.00 3779.00 4535.00 5432.00 6519.00 250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )L36250(C) 3749.00 4499.00 5001.00 6002.00 7238.00 8685.00 a See Supplemental Digest pages 3-2 and 3-3 for circuit breakers with field interchangeable trip units. b To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L). c For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HDL26015C or JDL26150C). 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire. d Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.. Table 7.39: 5811.00 5811.00 5811.00 5811.00 7194.00 6972.00 6972.00 6972.00 6972.00 8633.00 7086.00 7086.00 7086.00 7086.00 8993.00 8504.00 8504.00 8504.00 8504.00 10791.00 — — — — — 9212.00 9212.00 9212.00 9212.00 11169.00 — — — — — AL175JD 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu AL250JD 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu 11055.00 AL175JD 11055.00 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu 11055.00 AL250JD 11055.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu 13402.00 H- and J-Frame Termination Options Termination Letter A = I-Line (See Section 9) For factory-installed F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends) termination, place termination L = Lugs both ends letter in the third block of the M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end circuit breaker catalog number. P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end N = Plug-in e HGL36100 D = Drawout e Termination Letter S = Rear Connected e Rear Connected Plug-in Drawout e For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. Table 7.40: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 7-22 H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA DE2 L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA R 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Page 7-39 Page 7-42 Page 7-55 Page 7-56 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Electronic Trip Version Table 7.41: H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers (600 Vac) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse Connection g Electronic Trip Unit Type Function Trip Unit Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) Sensor Rating D G Ja Cat. No.c La Ra Terminal $ Price 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P 60 A H( )L36060(C)U31X 1247.00 1455.00 1652.00 1928.00 2108.00 2460.00 3008.00 3510.00 3971.00 4633.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U31X 1487.00 1735.00 1860.00 2171.00 2258.00 2635.00 3308.00 3860.00 4367.00 5095.00 AL150HDd 150 A H( )L36150(C)U31X 2759.00 3220.00 3758.00 4386.00 5333.00 6224.00 6908.00 8062.00 9119.00 10642.00 250 A J( )L36250(C)U31X 2957.00 3451.00 4006.00 4675.00 5659.00 6604.00 7313.00 8534.00 9653.00 11265.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U33X 1433.00 1641.00 1838.00 2113.00 2294.00 2646.00 3194.00 3696.00 4216.00 4879.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U33X 1673.00 1921.00 2046.00 2356.00 2444.00 2821.00 3494.00 4046.00 4612.00 5341.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSI 3.2Sf 150 A H( )L36150(C)U33X 2945.00 3405.00 3944.00 4571.00 5519.00 6409.00 7094.00 8247.00 9364.00 10886.00 Standard 250 A J( )L36250(C)U33X 3221.00 3715.00 4270.00 4939.00 5923.00 6868.00 7577.00 8798.00 10002.00 11613.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U43X 2031.00 2240.00 2436.00 2712.00 2892.00 3244.00 3792.00 4295.00 5005.00 5669.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U43X 2271.00 2520.00 2644.00 2955.00 3042.00 3419.00 4092.00 4645.00 5401.00 6131.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSI 5.2A 150 A H( )L36150(C)U43X 3543.00 4004.00 4542.00 5170.00 6117.00 7008.00 7692.00 8846.00 10153.00 11677.00 Ammeter 250 A J( )L36250(C)U43X 4075.00 4569.00 5124.00 5793.00 6777.00 7722.00 8431.00 9653.00 11129.00 12742.00 AL250JDe 2391.00 2599.00 2796.00 3072.00 3252.00 3604.00 4152.00 4654.00 5481.00 6143.00 60 A H( )L36060(C)U53X 100 A H( )L36100(C)U53X 2631.00 2879.00 3004.00 3314.00 3402.00 3779.00 4452.00 5004.00 5877.00 6605.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSI 5.2E 150 A H( )L36150(C)U53X 3903.00 4363.00 4902.00 5529.00 6477.00 7367.00 8052.00 9205.00 10629.00 12151.00 Energy 250 A J( )L36250(C)U53X 4588.00 5082.00 5637.00 6306.00 7290.00 8235.00 8944.00 10165.00 11806.00 13418.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U44X 2751.00 2960.00 3156.00 3432.00 3612.00 3964.00 4512.00 5015.00 5956.00 6620.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U44X 2991.00 3240.00 3364.00 3675.00 3762.00 4139.00 4812.00 5365.00 6352.00 7082.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSIG 6.2A 150 A H( )L36150(C)U44X 4263.00 4724.00 5262.00 5890.00 6837.00 7728.00 8412.00 9566.00 11104.00 12627.00 Ammeter 250 A J( )L36250(C)U44X 5100.00 5594.00 6149.00 6818.00 7802.00 8747.00 9456.00 10678.00 12482.00 14095.00 AL250JDe 60 A H( )L36060(C)U54X 3111.00 3319.00 3516.00 3792.00 3972.00 4324.00 4872.00 5374.00 6431.00 7094.00 100 A H( )L36100(C)U54X 3351.00 3599.00 3724.00 4034.00 4122.00 4499.00 5172.00 5724.00 6827.00 7556.00 AL150HDd Micrologic LSIG 6.2E 150 A H( )L36150(C)U54X 4623.00 5083.00 5622.00 6249.00 7197.00 8087.00 8772.00 9925.00 11579.00 13101.00 Energy 250 A J( )L36250(C)U54X 5613.00 6107.00 6662.00 7331.00 8315.00 9260.00 9969.00 11190.00 13159.00 14771.00 AL250JDe a Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting. b See Supplemental Digest page 3-2 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units c For 100% rated circuit breakers, add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HGL36150CU31X, JGL36250CU43X) 100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire. d AL150HD wire range is 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu. e AL250JD wire range is 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided. f 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications. g For applications requiring communications see page 7-49. Micrologic Standard LI 3.2f Table 7.42: H- and J-Frame Termination Options H-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Unit Table 7.43: Voltage H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 KA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA R 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 0 >11 % Ir .9 4 .9 5 .9 6 .9 7 .9 3 .9 8 .9 2 .9 1 Ir 4( x 3 Io ) 5 6 2 .5 8 2 1 .5 x Is d( J-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Unit 10 Ir ) M icor lo g ic >30 A >30 5 .2 E 7 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Termination Letter A - I-Line (See Section 9) For factory-installed F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends) termination, place termination L = Lugs both ends letter in the third block of the M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end circuit breaker catalog number. P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end N = Plug-in h HDL36015T D = Drawout h Termination Letter S = Rear Connected h h For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. H-Frame Circuit Breaker with Optional FDM and IFM Modules Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-23 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Q-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 0734 / Refer to Catalogs: 0734CT0201 Table 7.44: Ampere Rating www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact Q-Framea250 A Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker (240 Vac) Interrupting Rating Fixed AC Magnetic Trip B D G Terminal Wire Range J Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 1000 A 1000 A 1000 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1200 A 1800 A 1800 A 1800 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A 2400 A QBL22070 QBL22080 QBL22090 QBL22100 QBL22110 QBL22125 QBL22150 QBL22175 QBL22200 QBL22225 QBL22250 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 474.00 693.00 QDL22070 QDL22080 QDL22090 QDL22100 QDL22110 QDL22125 QDL22150 QDL22175 QDL22200 QDL22225 QDL22250 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1143.00 1544.00 QGL22070 QGL22080 QGL22090 QGL22100 QGL22110 QGL22125 QGL22150 QGL22175 QGL22200 QGL22225 QGL22250 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1521.00 1970.00 QJL22070 QJL22080 QJL22090 QJL22100 QJL22110 QJL22125 QJL22150 QJL22175 QJL22200 QJL22225 QJL22250 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 #4 AWG - 300 kcmil 1890.00 Al/Cu 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 1890.00 2348.00 70 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL32070 1248.00 QDL32070 1784.00 QGL32070 2442.00 80 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL32080 1248.00 QDL32080 1784.00 QGL32080 2442.00 90 A 1000 A 1800 A QBL32090 1248.00 QDL32090 1784.00 QGL32090 2442.00 100 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32100 1248.00 QDL32100 1784.00 QGL32100 2442.00 110 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32110 1248.00 QDL32110 1784.00 QGL32110 2442.00 125 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32125 1248.00 QDL32125 1784.00 QGL32125 2442.00 150 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32150 1248.00 QDL32150 1784.00 QGL32150 2442.00 175 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32175 1248.00 QDL32175 1784.00 QGL32175 2442.00 200 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32200 1248.00 QDL32200 1784.00 QGL32200 2442.00 225 A 1200 A 2400 A QBL32225 1248.00 QDL32225 1784.00 QGL32225 2442.00 250 Ab 1200 A 2400 A QBL32250 1812.00 QDL32250 2442.00 QGL32250 3150.00 a Replacement lugs and electrical accessories are not available for PowerPact Q-frame circuit breakers. b 250 A requires the use of copper cables only. 250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only QJL32070 QJL32080 QJL32090 QJL32100 QJL32110 QJL32125 QJL32150 QJL32175 QJL32200 QJL32225 QJL32250 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 - 300 kcmil 2796.00 #4 AWG Al/Cu 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 2796.00 3465.00 2P, 240 Vac QBL 2P 70–250 A 70 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 110 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 250 Ab 3P, 240 Vac QBL 3P 70–250 A Table 7.45: Q-Frame Termination Options Table 7.46: Termination Letter A = I-Line (See Section 9) E = Bolt-on I-Line (See Section 9) F = No lugs L = Lugs both ends M = Lugs ON end, studs on OFF end For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. Interrupting Rating B D G J 240 Vacc 10 kA 25 kA 65 kA 100 kAd c Q-frame circuit breakers are 240 Vac only. d 3P QJ circuit breakers are rated at 208Y/120 Vac only. QGL32200 P = Lugs OFF end, studs on ON end e Q-Frame Interrupting Ratings Voltage Termination Letter 7 Add TS suffix for studs on both ends without nuts and washers. See Catalog 0734CT0201 for additional information. DimensionsPage 7-55 EnclosuresPage 7-56 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-24 DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers L-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 611 / Refer to Catalogs: 0611CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.47: L-Frame 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Factory-Sealed Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectionfl Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number) Electronic Trip Unit D Sensor Rating Type Jh G Lh Rh Terminal Cat. No.g $ Price Trip Function Unit 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P 250 A L( )L36250(C)U31X 4827.00 5648.00 5081.00 5945.00 8478.00 9919.00 9918.00 11604.00 11406.00 13345.00 400 A L( )L36400(C)U31X 600 A L( )L36600U31X 4827.00 7109.00 5648.00 — 5081.00 7484.00 5945.00 — 8478.00 10541.00 9919.00 — 9918.00 11837.00 11604.00 — 11406.00 13613.00 13345.00 AL600LS52K3k — 250 A L( )L36250(C)U33X 3.3Si 400 A L( )L36400(C)U33X 600 A L( )L36600U33X 5391.00 6211.00 5674.00 6538.00 9071.00 10513.00 10511.00 12198.00 12088.00 14028.00 5391.00 7673.00 6211.00 — 5674.00 8077.00 6538.00 — 9071.00 11134.00 10513.00 — 10511.00 12430.00 12198.00 — 12088.00 14295.00 14028.00 AL600LS52K3k — 5.3A 400 A L( )L36400(C)U43X 600 A L( )L36600U43X 6253.00 8535.00 7073.00 — 6582.00 8984.00 7445.00 — 9979.00 12041.00 11420.00 — 11419.00 13337.00 13105.00 — 13132.00 15338.00 15071.00 — LSI 5.3E 400 A L( )L36400(C)U53X 600 A L( )L36600U53X 7200.00 9483.00 8021.00 — 7579.00 9982.00 8443.00 — 10976.00 13039.00 12418.00 — 12416.00 14335.00 14103.00 — 14278.00 16485.00 16218.00 — Micrologic Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A L( )L36400(C)U44X 600 A L( )L36600U44X 8149.00 10431.00 8969.00 — 8578.00 10980.00 9441.00 — 11975.00 14037.00 13416.00 — 13415.00 15333.00 15101.00 — 15427.00 17633.00 17366.00 — Micrologic Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A L( )L36400(C)U54X 600 A L( )L36600U54X 9097.00 11379.00 9917.00 — 9575.00 11978.00 10439.00 — 12972.00 15035.00 14414.00 — 14412.00 16331.00 16099.00 — 16574.00 18781.00 18514.00 — Micrologic Standard LI Micrologic Standard LSI Micrologic Ammeter LSI Micrologic Energy 3.3i AL400L61K3j AL400L61K3j AL600LS52K3k 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P Micrologic Standard 250 A L( )L46250(C)U31X 5327.00 6233.00 5581.00 6530.00 8978.00 10501.00 10418.00 12189.00 11981.00 14017.00 LI 3.3 400 A L( )L46400(C)U31X 600 A L( )L46600U31X 6227.00 8509.00 6233.00 — 6481.00 8884.00 7583.00 — 9878.00 11941.00 11557.00 — 11318.00 13237.00 13242.00 — 13016.00 15223.00 15228.00 AL600LS52K4k — Micrologic Standard 250 A L( )L46250(C)U33X 5891.00 6796.00 6174.00 7123.00 9571.00 11098.00 11011.00 12783.00 12663.00 14700.00 LSI 3.3S 400 A L( )L46400(C)U33X 600 A L( )L46600U33X 6791.00 9073.00 7849.00 — 7074.00 9477.00 8176.00 — 10471.00 12534.00 12151.00 — 11911.00 13830.00 13836.00 — 13698.00 15905.00 15911.00 AL600LS52K4k — Micrologic Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A L( )L46400(C)U43X 600 A L( )L46600U43X 7653.00 9935.00 8711.00 — 7982.00 10384.00 9083.00 — 11379.00 13441.00 13058.00 — 12819.00 14737.00 14743.00 — 14742.00 16948.00 16954.00 — Micrologic Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A L( )L46400(C)U53X 600 A L( )L46600U53X 8600.00 10883.00 9659.00 — 8979.00 11382.00 10081.00 — 12376.00 14439.00 14056.00 — 13816.00 15735.00 15741.00 — 15888.00 18095.00 18102.00 — 9549.00 11831.00 10607.00 — 9978.00 12380.00 11079.00 — 13375.00 15437.00 15054.00 — 14815.00 16733.00 16739.00 — 17037.00 19243.00 19250.00 — 10497.00 12779.00 11555.00 — 10975.00 13378.00 12077.00 — 14372.00 16435.00 16052.00 — 15812.00 17731.00 17791.00 — 18184.00 20391.00 20460.00 — LSIG 6.3A 400 A L( )L46400(C)U44X 600 A L( )L46600U44X Micrologic Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A L( )L46400(C)U54X 600 A L( )L46600U54X AL600LS52K4k See Supplemental Digest page 3-4 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units For 100% rated circuit breakers (250 A and 400 A only), add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, LGL36400CU31X) Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting. 3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications. AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or 1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al. AL600LS52K3 terminal wire range is (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu. For applications requiring communicatins see page 7-49. Table 7.48: Termination Options Termination Letter L-Frame Circuit Breaker Table 7.49: Interrupting Ratings Termination Option Interrupting Rating Voltage A I-Line (See Section 9) F No lugs 240 Vac D G J L R 25 kA 65 kA 100 kA 125 kA 200 kA L Lugs both ends 480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA M Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end 600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA 100 kA P Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end Nm Plug In Dm Drawout Sm Rear Connected 7 f g h i j k l AL400L61K4j For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. LGL36600U44X Termination Letter m © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Micrologic Ammeter AL400L61K4j For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. DE2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-55 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-56 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-25 PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers M-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101 Table 7.50: M-Frame 800 A, Basic Electronic Trip System Type ET 1.0n Factory-Sealed Trip Unit Electronic Trip Unit Type www.schneider-electric.us Interrupting Rating Sensor Rating Function G Terminal Wire Range (AWG/kcmil) J Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price MGL26300 MGL26350 MGL26400 MGL26450 MGL26500 MGL26600 MGL26700 MGL26800 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 5960.00 7719.00 7719.00 MJL26300 MJL26350 MJL26400 MJL26450 MJL26500 MJL26600 MJL26700 MJL26800 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 7829.00 9657.00 9657.00 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz Basic Fixed Long-time, Adjustable Instantaneous Trip M-Frame Circuit Breaker 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A AL800M23K (3) 3/0–500 Al/Cu 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz n 300 A MGL36300 7560.00 MJL36300 9456.00 350 A MGL36350 7560.00 MJL36350 9456.00 Fixed 400 A MGL36400 7560.00 MJL36400 9456.00 Long-time, 450 A MGL36450 7560.00 MJL36450 9456.00 AL800M23K Basic Adjustable (3) 3/0–500 Al/Cu 500 A MGL36500 7560.00 MJL36500 9456.00 Instantaneous Trip 600 A MGL36600 7560.00 MJL36600 9456.00 700 A MGL36700 9927.00 MJL36700 11882.00 800 A MGL36800 9927.00 MJL36800 11882.00 The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced or have the long-time trip point setting adjusted. It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermalmagnetic circuit breaker. Table 7.51: Termination Letter A F L M P Termination Options Table 7.52: Termination Option Voltage I-Line (See Section 9) No lugs Lugs both ends Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. MGL36400 Termination Letter Frame Interrupting Ratings Interrupting Rating D 25 kA 18 kA 14 kA G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-42 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-56 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-26 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers P-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us P-Frame 1200 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit $ Price Type Function Trip Unit Sensor Rating Gb Cat. No.bc 80% Rated Jb 100% Ratedc — — — — 80% Rated Kb 100% Ratedc — — — — 80% Rated 100% Rated c — — — — Lbd 80% Rated Terminal Wire Range 100% Ratedc — AL800M23K (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu — — AL1200P25K (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu — 600 A P( )L36060 Basic Electronic Fixed long13905.00 14783.00 14783.00 15660.00 800 A P( )L36080 Trip Unit time, ET1.0I (Not Adjustable 1000 A P( )L36100 19049.00 20250.00 20250.00 21452.00 Interchangeable) Instantaneous 1200 A P( )L36120 250 A P( )L36025(C)U31A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U31A AL800M23K 14693.00 21510.00 15570.00 22868.00 15570.00 22868.00 16448.00 24224.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U31A LI 3.0 800 A P( )L36080(C)U31A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U31A AL1200P25K Micrologic 19836.00 30239.00 21038.00 32147.00 21038.00 32147.00 22239.00 34052.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U31A Interchangeable Standard 250 A P( )L36025(C)U33A Trip Unit 400 A P( )L36040(C)U33A AL800M23K 15032.00 21812.00 15909.00 23187.00 15909.00 23187.00 16787.00 24564.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U33A LSI 5.0 800 A P( )L36080(C)U33A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U33A AL1200P25K 20177.00 30540.00 21378.00 32466.00 21378.00 32466.00 22580.00 34392.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U33A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U41A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U41A AL800M23K 15543.00 22266.00 16421.00 23670.00 16421.00 23670.00 17298.00 25076.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U41A LI 3.0A 800 A P( )L36080(C)U41A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U41A AL1200P25K 20688.00 30995.00 21890.00 32949.00 21890.00 32949.00 23091.00 34904.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U41A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U43A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U43A AL800M23K Micrologic 17043.00 23597.00 17921.00 25085.00 17921.00 25085.00 18798.00 26574.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U43A Interchangeable LSI 5.0A Ammeter 800 A P( )L36080(C)U43A Trip Unit 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U43A AL1200P25K 22185.00 32324.00 23387.00 34364.00 23387.00 34364.00 24590.00 36402.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U43A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U44A 400 A P( )L36040(C)U44A AL800M23K 18909.00 25256.00 19787.00 26849.00 19787.00 26849.00 20664.00 28442.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U44A LSIG 6.0A 800 A P( )L36080(C)U44A 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U44A AL1200P25K 24054.00 33983.00 25256.00 36128.00 25256.00 36128.00 26457.00 38270.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U44A 250 A P( )L36025(C)U63AE1 400 A P( )L36040(C)U63AE1 AL800M23K 21455.00 27516.00 22332.00 29252.00 22332.00 29252.00 23210.00 30986.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U63AE1 LSI 5.0P 800 A P( )L36080(C)U63AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U63AE1 AL1200P25K Micrologic 26597.00 36243.00 27800.00 38529.00 27800.00 38529.00 29001.00 40814.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U63AE1 Interchangeable Power 250 A P( )L36025(C)U64AE1 Trip Unit 400 A P( )L36040(C)U64AE1 AL800M23K 22536.00 28476.00 23414.00 30272.00 23414.00 30272.00 24291.00 32067.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U64AE1 LSIG 6.0P 800 A P( )L36080(C)U64AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U64AE1 AL1200P25K 27680.00 37203.00 28881.00 39551.00 28881.00 39551.00 30083.00 41895.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U64AE1 250 A P( )L36025(C)U73AE1 400 A P( )L36040(C)U73AE1 AL800M23K 25538.00 31140.00 26415.00 33104.00 26415.00 33104.00 27291.00 35067.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U73AE1 LSI 5.0H 800 A P( )L36080(C)U73AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U73AE1 AL1200P25K Micrologic 30680.00 39867.00 31881.00 42381.00 31881.00 42381.00 33083.00 44895.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U73AE1 Interchangeable Harmonic 250 A P( )L36025(C)U74AE1 Trip Unit 400 A P( )L36040(C)U74AE1 AL800M23K 26619.00 32100.00 27497.00 34125.00 27497.00 34125.00 28374.00 36150.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 600 A P( )L36060(C)U74AE1 LSIG 6.0H 800 A P( )L36080(C)U74AE1 1000 A P( )L36100(C)U74AE1 AL1200P25K 31761.00 40829.00 32963.00 43404.00 32963.00 43404.00 34166.00 45978.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu 1200 A P( )L36120(C)U74AE1 a For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101. b To complete the catalog number, replace the ( ) with the appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, K or L). c For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% trip unit with LI trip functions at 250A would be PGL36025CU31A. d For all L interrupting rating, change the 5th character (voltage rating) from a 6 (600V) to a 4 (480V); for example, PLL34025U31A. The 480V AIR is standard 100 kA. Table 7.54: P-Frame Termination Options Table 7.55: Termination Letter F = No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends) L = Lugs both ends M = Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end P = Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end D = Drawouta A = I-Line (See Section 9) a For D pricing add termination pricing on page 7-45. Voltage For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. PGL36040U41A 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac P-Frame and R-Frame Interrupting Ratings P-Frame Interrupting Rating G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA K 65 kA 50 kA 50 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 25 kA R-Frame Interrupting Rating G 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA J 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA K 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA L 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA Termination Letter R-frame catalog numbers and pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-28 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Trip Unit Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-47 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Alternate Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-48 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-27 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Electronic Trip Unit 7 Table 7.53: PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Table 7.56: R-Frame Circuit Breakers Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us R-Frame 3000 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit $ Price Electronic Trip Unit Type Function Basic Electronic Trip Unit (Not Interchangeable) Fixed long-time, Adjustable Instantaneous Sensor Rating Gbd Jbd 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS d 7-28 80% Rated Kbd 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated — — — 22373.00 23549.00 23549.00 — — — — — — 35639.00 — 37512.00 — 37512.00 — Lbd 100% Rated 1200 A R( )F36120 — 24723.00 1600 A R( )F36160 — ET1.0I 2000 A R( )F36200 — 2500 A R( )F36250 39383.00 — 600 A R( )F36060(C)U31A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U31A 27759.00 29301.00 29301.00 30843.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U31A 23160.00 24336.00 24336.00 25511.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U31A LI 3.0 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U31A 29775.00 31430.00 31430.00 33083.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U31A 35042.00 36989.00 36989.00 38936.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U31A 36426.00 57075.00 38300.00 60248.00 38300.00 60248.00 40170.00 63417.00 Micrologic 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U31A 54027.00 62451.00 57236.00 65738.00 57236.00 65738.00 60246.00 69024.00 Interchangeable 600 A R( )F36060(C)U33A Standard Trip Unit 800 A R( )F36080(C)U33A 28065.00 29624.00 29624.00 31184.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U33A 23501.00 24675.00 24675.00 25851.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U33A LSI 5.0 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U33A 30081.00 31752.00 31752.00 33423.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U33A 35348.00 37313.00 37313.00 39276.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U33A 36767.00 57383.00 38640.00 60570.00 38640.00 60570.00 40511.00 63758.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U33A 54513.00 62757.00 57542.00 66060.00 57542.00 66060.00 60570.00 69363.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U41A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U41A 28493.00 30075.00 30075.00 31658.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U41A 24012.00 25188.00 25188.00 26363.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U41A LI 3.0A 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U41A 30509.00 32202.00 32202.00 33897.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U41A 35775.00 37763.00 37763.00 39750.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U41A 37278.00 57809.00 39152.00 61020.00 39152.00 61020.00 41022.00 64232.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U41A 54918.00 63185.00 57969.00 66510.00 57969.00 66510.00 61020.00 69836.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U43A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U43A 29874.00 31533.00 31533.00 33194.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U43A Micrologic 25511.00 26685.00 26685.00 27860.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U43A Interchangeable LSI 5.0A Ammeter 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U43A 31889.00 33662.00 33662.00 35433.00 Trip Unit 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U43A 37158.00 39221.00 39221.00 41286.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U43A 38777.00 59190.00 40649.00 62478.00 40649.00 62478.00 42521.00 65768.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U43A 56231.00 64569.00 59354.00 67968.00 59354.00 67968.00 62480.00 71367.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U44A 800 A R( )F36080(C)U44A 31556.00 33308.00 33308.00 35061.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U44A 27378.00 28553.00 28553.00 29729.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U44A LSIG 6.0A 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U44A 33570.00 35436.00 35436.00 37301.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U44A 38838.00 40995.00 40995.00 43154.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U44A 40644.00 60870.00 43368.00 64253.00 43368.00 64253.00 44388.00 67635.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U44A 57827.00 66255.00 60965.00 69743.00 60965.00 69743.00 64254.00 73230.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U63AE1 800 A R( )F36080(C)U63AE1 33845.00 35724.00 35724.00 37605.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U63AE1 29922.00 31097.00 31097.00 32273.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U63AE1 LSI 5.0P 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U63AE1 35859.00 37853.00 37853.00 39845.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U63AE1 41129.00 43413.00 43413.00 45698.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U63AE1 43188.00 63161.00 45062.00 66671.00 45062.00 66671.00 46932.00 70179.00 Micrologic 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U63AE1 60003.00 68553.00 63338.00 72161.00 63338.00 72161.00 66671.00 75858.00 Interchangeable 600 A R( )F36060(C)U64AE1 Power Trip Unit 800 A R( )F36080(C)U64AE1 34818.00 36753.00 36753.00 38687.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U64AE1 31004.00 32180.00 32180.00 33354.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U64AE1 LSIG 6.0P 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U64AE1 36834.00 38880.00 38880.00 40926.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U64AE1 42102.00 44441.00 44441.00 46779.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U64AE1 44270.00 64136.00 46143.00 67698.00 46143.00 67698.00 48014.00 71261.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U64AE1 60929.00 69528.00 64313.00 73188.00 64313.00 73188.00 67698.00 76848.00 600 A R( )F36060(C)U73AE1 800 A R( )F36080(C)U73AE1 37518.00 39603.00 39603.00 41687.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U73AE1 34005.00 35180.00 35180.00 36354.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U73AE1 LSI 5.0H 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U73AE1 39534.00 41730.00 41730.00 43928.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U73AE1 44801.00 47291.00 47291.00 49779.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U73AE1 47271.00 66836.00 49143.00 70548.00 49143.00 70548.00 51015.00 74262.00 Micrologic 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U73AE1 63494.00 72236.00 67020.00 76038.00 67020.00 76038.00 70550.00 79841.00 Interchangeable Harmonic Trip 600 A R( )F36060(C)U74AE1 Unit 800 A R( )F36080(C)U74AE1 38493.00 40631.00 40631.00 42770.00 1000 A R( )F36100(C)U74AE1 35087.00 36261.00 36261.00 37436.00 1200 A R( )F36120(C)U74AE1 LSIG 6.0H 1600 A R( )F36160(C)U74AE1 40509.00 42758.00 42758.00 45009.00 2000 A R( )F36200(C)U74AE1 45776.00 48320.00 48320.00 50862.00 2500 A R( )F36250(C)U74AE1 48353.00 67809.00 50225.00 71576.00 50225.00 71576.00 52097.00 75344.00 3000 A R( )F36300(C)U74AE1 64419.00 73212.00 67997.00 77066.00 67997.00 77066.00 71577.00 80919.00 Note: R-frame circuit breakers can be bus- or cable-connected. For cable connections, optional terminal pad kit RLTB or equivalent bus structure is required. Each RLTB kit contains terminal pads for one end of the circuit breaker only and has provisions for mounting a maximum of 8 lugs per phase (9 lugs for 3000 A). RLTB kits are included with 2500 A 100% rated circuit breakers. The RL3TB kits are included with the 3000 A, 80% and 100% rated circuit breakers. For other circuit breakers, order terminal pad kit (RLTB) and optional lugs separately. See pages 7-42–7-44. a b c Trip Unit Cat. No.bc 80% Rated For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101. To complete the catalog number, replace the blank ( ) with the appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, K or L). Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit with LI trip functions at 2500A would be RGF36250CU31A. See page 7-27 for interrupting ratings table. DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Motor Circuit Protectors PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 www.schneider-electric.us PowerPact H- and J-frame electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are magnetic-only instantaneous-trip circuit breakers. They are designed to offer short circuit protection and are National Electrical Code (NEC) compliant when installed as part of a combination controller having motor overload protection. MCP circuit breakers accept the same accessories and terminals as the equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers. Determine the hp rating from the nameplate of the motor. Select a MCP with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. When using the automatic settings the MCP microprocessor automatically adjusts the trip settings for both current and time to align with the start-up characteristic for the motor type, whether it is a standard or energyefficient motor. This includes a dampening means to accommodate a transient motor inrush current without nuisance tripping of the circuit breaker. Table 7.57: H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Interrupting Rating Stan Frame dard ient Effic ace rgy Energie Efficiente Energia Efic Ene Sensor Rating Full Load Amperes Range Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Range Suffix 30 A 50 A 100 A 150 A 250 A 1.5–25 A 14–42 A 30–80 A 58–130 A 114–217 A 9–325 A 84–546 A 180–1040 A 348–1690 A 684–2500 A M71 M72 M73 M74 M75 H-Frame J-Frame Standard Energy Efficient Energie Efficace Energia Eficiente Table 7.58: J (See SCCR Table Below) L (See SCCR Table Below) Cat. No. HJL36030M71 HJL36050M72 HJL36100M73 HJL36150M74 JJL36250M75 Cat. No. HLL36030M71 HLL36050M72 HLL36100M73 HLL36150M74 JLL36250M75 $ Price 1089.00 1385.00 1646.00 2069.00 2393.00 $ Price 1223.00 1553.00 1827.00 2306.00 2673.00 Maximum Rating or Setting of Motor Protective Devicesa Percentage of Full-load Current Type of Motor a b Not to Exceedb A, B, C, D Standard 800% 1300% B, E Energy Efficient 1100% 1700% Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.52. See NEC Exception No. 1 to Table 430.52. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Table 7.59: I MCP Selection by HP Ratingsc of Induction-type Squirrel-Cage and Wound-rotor Motorsd 3Ø 60 Hz Voltagese Motor Type / Tipo de Motor / Type de Moteur Full-Load Amperes Standard Energy Efficient Energie Efficace Energia Eficiente c d e 200 Vac 230 Vac 460 Vac Suffix 575 Vac .5–5 .5–7.5 .75–15 1–20 1.5–25 M71 5–10 5–15 10–30 15–40 14–42 M72 10–25 15–30 25–60 30–75 30–80 M73 20–40 25–50 50–100 60–125 58–130 M74 40–60 50–75 100–150 125–200 114–217 M75 Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.250. Per NEC 430.3, part-winding motors should select two circuit breakers, each at not more than one-half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430.103. Listed voltages are rated motor voltages. Corresponding system voltages are 200 Vac, 220–240 Vac, 440–480 Vac and 550–600 Vac. Select wire and circuit breakers based on horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) Tested to meet NEC and UL508A requirements for short circuit current ratings as part of an approved combination controller. Table 7.60: Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR) MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS t Setting J 7 Interrupting Rating Contactor/Starter L 200–240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 200–240 Vac 480 Vac Tesys D-line and F-line 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 125 kA 100 kA 600 Vac 50 kA NEMA Type S 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 125 kA 100 kA 50 kA See www.us.schneider-electric.us for specific ratings and combination ID numbers. Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 To select combination starters and motor controllers using MCP’s meeting NEC Article 430, refer to pages 16-35—16-37. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-29 Motor Circuit Protectors H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 Table 7.61: Application of PowerPact™ H-Frame and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Horsepower Rating of Induction-type Squirrel-cage and Wound-rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz Starter Size 200 Vac 230 Vac 480 Vac 575 Vac 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 3/4 1 1/2 1-1/2 1/2 2 1-1/2 00 3/4 2 3/4 3 1 1 3 1-1/2 5 2 1-1/2 5 2 0 7-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 10 5 15 1 www.schneider-electric.us 5 15 7-1/2 20 7-1/2 20 25 10 2 30 10 25 30 7 40 15 15 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 40 3 50 20 20 60 50 25 60 75 25 30 30 75 4 100 40 40 100 125 50 150 50 5 60 125 60 150 75 200 75 200 100 NEC Full Load Amperes 0.9 A 1.1 A 1.3 A 1.7 A 2.1 A 2.2 A 2.4 A 2.5 A 2.7 A 3A 3.2 A 3.4 A 3.7 A 3.9 A 4.2 A 4.8 A 4.8 A 6A 6.1 A 6.8 A 6.9 A 7.6 A 7.8 A 9A 9.6 A 11 A 14 A 15.2 A 17 A 17.5 A 21 A 22 A 25.3 A 27 A 28 A 32 A 32.2 A 34 A 40 A 41 A 42 A 48.3 A 52 A 54 A 62 A 65 A 68 A 77 A 78.2 A 80 A 92 A 96 A 99 A 104 A 120 A 124 A 125 A 130 A 144 A 150 A 154 A 156 A 177.1 A 180 A 192 A 221 A 240 A 248 A PowerPact H-Frame and J-Frame Electronic MCP HJL36030M71 and HLL36030M71 1/2–10 hp HJL36050M72 and HLL36050M72 10–25 hp HJL36100M73 and HLL36100M73 15–50 hp HJL36150M74 and HLL36150M74 30–100 hp JJL36250M75 and JLL36250M75 50–150 hp Shaded area is not covered by J-frame electronic motor circuit protector. 7-30 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Motor Protectors Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers Class 580, 585, 680, 685 www.schneider-electric.us Motor Circuit Protectors Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are instantaneous-trip magnetic-only circuit breakers. They have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers comply with NEC requirements for providing motor circuit protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors. All Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent circuit breakers. Mag-Gard circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction.i High-interruption (H) construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers (LHL) are also available. Table 7.62: Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzi—Three Device Solutionsg Trip Unit Ampere Rating Motor Circuit Protector LAL 400 Adjustablef Trip Range (A) 24 Vdc Multiplier Cat. No. $ Price High = 1.2 Low = 1.4 LAL3640022M LAL3640028M LAL3640030M LAL3640031M LAL3640032M LAL3640033M LAL3640035M LAL3640036M 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 4619.00 500–1000 A 750–1600 A 1000–2000 A 1125–2250 A 1250–2500 A 1500–3000 A 1750–3500 A 2000–4000 A For PowerPact L- and P-Frames, an instantaneous-only version of the electronic trip circuti breaker is also available for motor circuit protection. These MCPs comply with NEC® requirements for providing short-circuit protection when installed as part of a Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Table 7.63: Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzi—Three Device Solutionsg Interrupting Rating Sensor Rating Motor Protector Circuit Breaker Trip Adjustablef Unit Trip Range (A) G J L R Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. 400 500–1200% LGL36400M37X 4619.00 LJL36400M37X 4727.00 LLL36400M37X 5007.00 LRL36400M37X PowerPact 1.3 M L-Framei 600 500–1200% LGL36600M37X 6790.00 LJL36600M37X 6949.00 LLL36600M37X 7360.00 LRL36600M37X 600 1200–10000 A — — PJL36060M68 7560.00 PLL34060M68 8006.00 — 800 1200–10000 A — — PJL36080M68 9927.00 PLL34080M68 10514.00 — PowerPact PJL, PLLi 1000 1500–10000 A — — PJL36100M69 12705.00 PLL34100M69 13455.00 — 1200 1800–10000 A — — PJL36120M70 16517.00 PLL34120M70 17492.00 — f UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown. g Three-device solutions are the traditional solutionss: motor circuit protector plus motor starter plus overload relay. h 250 Vdc ratings are available. No UL component recognition i These electronic magnetic only motor circuit protectors are available with I-Line constructions. Consult the factory. $ Price 5307.00 7802.00 — — — — Table 7.64: Electronic Trip Unit Type H-Frame (150 A), J-Frame (250 A) and L-Frame (600 A) Electronic Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (UL Ratings)— Two Device Solutionsj Frame Sensor Rating Trip Unit 30 H-Frame Standardk J-Frame L-Frame j k 50 100 2.2 M Full Load Amperes Range (FLA) Interrupting Rating Isd (x FLA) G J Cat. No. L R $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price 1608.00 HJL36030M38X 1658.00 HLL36030M38X 1812.00 HRL36030M38X 1993.00 14–25 5-13 x FLA HGL36030M38X 14–42 5-13 x FLA HGL36050M38X 1938.00 HJL36050M38X 1998.00 HLL36050M38X 2191.00 HRL36050M38X 2410.00 30–80 5-13 x FLA HGL36100M38X 2229.00 HJL36100M38X 2298.00 HLL36100M38X 2506.00 HRL36100M38X 2757.00 3363.00 150 58–130 5-13 x FLA HGL36150M38X 2701.00 HJL36150M38X 2785.00 HLL36150M38X 3057.00 HRL36150M38X 250 114–217 5-13 x FLA JGL36250M38X 3105.00 JJL36250M38X 3201.00 JLL36250M38X 3523.00 JRL36250M38X 3875.00 400 190–348 5-13 x FLA LGL36400M38X 6041.00 LJL36400M38X 6160.00 LLL36400M38X 6468.00 LRL36400M38X 7115.00 312–520 5-13 x FLA LGL36600M38X 8429.00 LJL36600M38X 8604.00 LLL36600M38X 9156.00 LRL36600M38X 10072.00 600 2.3 M Two-device solutions (these electronic motor protector circuit breakers include short circuit and overload protection) —1 electronic motor circuit protector with a Micrologic 2.2 M plus —1 contactor The standard trip unit offers Class 5, 10 and 20 and phase unbalance or phase loss protection. Accessories . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31 Optional Lugs . . . . . .Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 7-54 and 7-55 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-56 To select combination starters and motor controllers using MCP’s meeting NEC Article 430, refer to pages 16-35—16-37. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-31 7 Motor protection circuit breakers provide built-in thermal and magnetic protection. They are used in two-device motor feeder solutions to provide protection against short-circuits, overloads, and phase unbalance. MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Motor Protector Circuit Breakers Motor Circuit Protectors H-, J-, and LA-Frame MCP Selection Class 680 Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended for use in combination with motor starters with overload relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits. Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a contactor and overload relay. 1. For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor— specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current. 2. 3. Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate. Refer to the tables and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load amperes (FLA) for other than Design E motors. For Design E motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700% of FLA. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermalmagnetic circuit breakers from page 7-33 for those applications. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.3, should have two circuit breakers selected from the above at not more than one half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430.103. Based on NEC 430.52 and NEC Table 430.150. See page 7-31 for available Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers. 4. Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows: This selection table is suitable for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as follows: Table 7.65: 5. Locked-Rotor Indicating Codes Horsepower Motor Code letter 1/2 or less 3/4 to 1-1/2 2 to 3 5 to 25 30 to 125 150 or more A–L A–K A–J A–H A–G A–F 6. 7. Table 7.66: PowerPact H-Frame and L-Frame Motor Protector Circuit Breaker Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz 200 Vac 230 Vac 460 Vac 10 575 Vac 5 7 15 5 15 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-1/2 20 7-1/2 20 25 10 30 10 25 30 40 15 15 40 50 20 20 60 50 75 200 250 100 100 300 250 125 350 125 150 300 400 150 350 500 400 200 PowerPact Family Full Motor Protector Load Breaker Amperesa Circuit Cat. No.b Magnetic Trip Settingsc MIN 14 15..2 17 17.5 21 22 25.3 27 28 32 32.2 34 40 41 42 48.3 52 54 62 65 221 240 242 248 285 289 302 312 336 359 360 361 382 414 472 477 480 H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36030M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36050M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X H( )L36100M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36400M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X L( )L36600M38X Table 7.67: 3Ø 60 Hz MAX 1300% LAL Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection Hp Ratings of Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors 200 Vac 75 500% www.schneider-electric.us 230 Vac 460 Vac 575 Vac Full Mag-Gard Load Circuit Breaker Amperesa Cat. No. Magnetic Trip Settingsc MIN MAX 221 LAL3640033M 700% 1400% 200 240 LAL3640035M 700% 1500% 250 242 LAL3640035M 700% 1400% 100 248 LAL3640035M 700% 1400% 100 285 LAL3640036M 700% 1400% 300 289 LAL3640036M 700% 1400% 250 302 LAL3640036M 700% 1300% 125 312 LAL3640036M 600% 1300% a Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 14-129–14-152 for selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 200–208, 220–240, 440–480 and 550–600 V. b To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (G, J, or L). M38X is for standard trip units. For advanced trip units (LCD display, metering and communication, replace with M58X). c Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers. d See NEC 430.52(A) for circuit breaker settings above 800%. e If due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300% maximum permitted level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit breaker should be chosen. 7-32 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Motor Circuit Protectors Motor Protection Selection Tables Class 601 www.schneider-electric.us Horsepower Ratings Squirrel-Cage and WoundRotor Motors with Norm. 1Ø Torque Characteritics 10 Hz ac Operating at usual Speeds 3Ø 60 Hz 200 230 460 575 115 200 230 Vacb Vac Vac Vac Vac Vacb Vac 3/4 1/3 5 2 3/4 1 Average Direct Full Current Motors Load Operating at Base Speed Amperagef 120 Vdc 240 Vdc 3.4 2 7-1/2 1 1 3 1/2 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 1-1/2 2 3 1-1/2 3/4 2 10 5 1 15 3 2 5 3 1-1/2 5 15 7-1/2 2 3 7-1/2 20 25 10 5 7-1/2 30 10 25 3 10 7-1/2 5 15 7--1/2 15 10 40 50 20 15 5 10 7-1/2 60 20 50 25 20 10 60 75 25 30 7-1/2 25 30 75 100 10 40 30 40 100 125 50 40 150 50 60 125 50 60 150 75 200 75 200 250 100 100 300 250 125 350 125 150 300 400 150 350 500 400 200 200 500 250 6.9 A 7.2 A 7.6 A 7.8 A 7.9 A 8.0 A 8.5 A 9.0 A 9.2 A 9.5 A 9.6 A 9.8 A 10.0 A 11.0 A 11.5 A 12.0 A 12.2 A 13.2 A 13.8 A 14.0 A 15.2 A 16.0 A 17.0 A 17.5 A 19.6 A 20.0 A 21.0 A 22.0 A 24.0 A 25.0 A 25.3 A 27.0 A 28.0 A 29.0 A 32.0 A 32.2 A 34.0 A 38.0 A 40.0 A 41.0 A 42.0 A 46.0 A 48.3 A 50.0 A 52.0 A 54.0 A 55.0 A 56.0 A 57.5 A 58.0 A 62.0 A 62.1 A 65.0 A 68.0 A 72.0 A 76.0 A 77.0 A 78.2 A 80.0 A 89.0 A 92.0 A 96.0 A 99.0 A 100.0 A 104.0 A 106.0 A 120.0 A 124.0 A 125.0 A 130.0 A 140.0 A 144.0 A 150.0 A 154.0 A 156.0 A 173.0 A 177.0 A 180.0 A 192.0 A 221.0 A 240.0 A 242.0 A 248.0 A 285.0 A 289.0 A 302.0 A 312.0 A 336.0 A 359.0 A 360.0 A 361.0 A 382.0 A 414.0 A 472.0 A 477.0 A 480.0 A 552.0 A 590.0 A 602.0 A Amperage of ThermalMinimum Size metallic QMB Magnetichj Inverse Time Circuit Conduit 75° C, C Wire Fieldand Breaker Heavy Installed Sized for 125% FLAe Duty For Motor Code For Conduit 3 W Switch Letter B to E Motor with AWG Heavy Service Code THHN Time kcmil Ordinary and Energy Letter F THWN THW Delay Servicec Efficientd to Vi Fusesg XHHW 15 A 20 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 20 A 30 A 14 1/2 in. N/A 12 1/2 in. N/A 10 1/2 in. N/A 8 1/2 in.a N/A 6 3/4 in. 1 in. 4 1 in. 1 in. 3 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 2 1 in. 1-1/4 in. 1 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 1/0 1-1/4 in. 1-1/2 in. 2/0 1-1/2 in. 1-1/2 in. 3/0 1-1/2 in. 2 in. 30 A 25 A 25 A 30 A 35 A 40 A 35 A 45 A 35 A 40 A 40 A 45 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 50 A 50 A 70 A 60 A 80 A 60 A 70 A 90 A 80 A 100 A 90 A 110 A 60 A 80 A 125 A 110 A 90 A 150 A 125 A 100 A 175 A 100 A 150 A 110 A 125 A 200 A 110 A 175 A 225 A 125 A 200 A 250 A 150 A 225 A 175 A 300 A 250 A 250 A 200 A 350 A 200 A 300 A 225 A 250 A 400 A 350 A 400 A 300 A 450 A 350 A 500 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 600 A 700 A 900 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 700 A 2 in. 2 in. 250 300 2 in. 2 in. 2 in. 2-1/2 in. 350 2-1/2 in. 2-1/2 in. 500 3 in. 3 in. (2) 3/0 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2 in. 900 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A (2) 4/0 (2) 2 in. (2) 2 in. (2)300 (2) 2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in. 1000 A 600 A 900 A 800 A 4/0 500 A 1200 A 1600 A © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved (2) 350 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in. — (3) 300 (3) 2 in. (3) 2-1/2 in. 7-33 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS a 8 XHHW requires 3/4 in. conduit for 3W. b200 V motors are commonly used on 208 V services. cOrdinary service for normal starting duty only, acceleration time of 10 sec. or less. dHeavy service is jogging or plugging duty or cycling load with over 25 starts per hour or over 5 starts per minute. Energy efficient motors are polyphase motors defined in NEMA Standard MG1 and exhibit high starting current. eNEC 430.22 for Single Motor, Smaller conductors may be permitted for light duty-cycle service per 430.22 (B) Exception No. 1. DC motors operating from rectified 1Ø power supply will require larger conductors per 430.22 (A) Exception No. 1. For motor-generator arc welders, see 630.11. fMotor full load currents thru 200 hp are taken from NEC Tables 430.147, 148 and 150. Above 200 hp from UL 98. Select wire size, circuit breakers, or fuses on basis of hp rather than nameplate full load current per NEC 430.6. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 16-129— 16-152 for selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. Voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 110– 120 V, 200–208 V, 220–240 V, 440– 480 V and 550–600 V. gSwitch size only is shown in table. Selected fuses should not exceed maximum percent of full-load current as given in NEC Table 430.52. Above 50 hp dc switches are not hp rated by UL as Motor Circuit Switches, but as General Use Switches only and are not necessarily capable of interrupting the max. operating overload current of a motor. See NEC 100 for definition of General Use Switch. When protecting a 3Ø, Design E energy efficient motor, the switch is required by NEC 430.109 to have a hp rating of not less than 1.4 times that of a motor rated 3–100 hp, or not less than 1.3 times that of a motor rated over 100 hp. Switches shown in this table do not necessarily comply with that requirement. hThermal-magnetic circuit breaker ampere ratings recommended are approximate for average conditions, based on trip characteristics of Square D circuit breakers and NEC Table 430.52. Under some conditions, the next size larger switch or circuit breaker rating may be necessary to accommodate the motor starting current and is permitted by NEC 430.52(C)(1) Exception 2. High starting currents are anticipated with Design E and other energy efficient motors. For explanation of Code letter markings, see NEC 430.7(B). For Busway Plugin units, see page 9-7. iThermal-magnetic breaker ampere ratings recommended are approximate for average conditions and based on trip characteristics of Square D circuit breakers and NEC Tables 430.7(B) and 430.52. jType LC, LI, LX, LXI, and LE circuit breakers are NOT recommended for use on single motor branch circuits. Contact your local Field Office for circuit breaker selection on constant horsepower multi-speed motors. Selection Tables for Conductors, Safety Switches and Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Based on 2005 NEC® Tables 430.147, 430.148 & 430.150 7 Table 7.68: Automatic Switches Class 600 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no overload or low level fault protection. Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping device such as a shunt trip. All molded case switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers, with the exception of Q-frame switches which do not have electrical accessories available. Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified. J-Frame Switch L-Frame Switch Table 7.69: H-Frame, J-Frame, and L-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac Circuit Ampere Poles Breaker Rating 2 H-Frame J-Frame 3 3 L-Frame 4 150 A 175 A 250 A 150 A 175 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 400 A 600 A G Withstand L Withstand Table 7.70: Circuit Breaker Poles Frame Poles 7 2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS P 3 2 R 3 Cat. No. — — — — JRL36000S17 JRL36000S25 LRL36000S40X LRL36000S60X LRL46000S40X LRL46000S60X $ Price Trip Point — — — — — — — — 2673.00 3125 A 2673.00 3125 A 5370.00 4800 A 5902.00 6600 A 6882.00 4800 A 7414.00 6600 A Terminal Wire Range AL150HD AL175JD AL250JD AL150HD AL175JD AL250JD AL150HD AL250JD AL150HD AL250JD 14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu 4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu 14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu 4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu AL600LS52K3 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu AL600LS52K4 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu Q-Frame (240 Vac) PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches J Withstand Ampere Rating Wire Range Cat. No. 2 225 A QBL22000S22c Q-Frameb 3 225 A QBL32000S22c b Withstand rating of 10 kA at 240 Vac. c DE2A discount schedule. Table 7.71: R Withstand Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point HGL26000S15a 1349.00 2250A HLL26000S15 1590.00 2250 A JGL26000S17 1827.00 3125 A JLL26000S17 1980.00 3125 A JGL26000S25 1827.00 3125 A JLL26000S25 1980.00 3125 A HGL36000S15 1799.00 2250 A HLL36000S15 1988.00 2250 A JGL36000S17 2286.00 3125 A JLL36000S17 2475.00 3125 A JGL36000S25 2286.00 3125 A JLL36000S25 2475.00 3125 A LGL36000S40X 4572.00 4800 A LLL36000S40X 4972.00 4800 A LGL36000S60X 5065.00 6600A LLL36000S60X 5465.00 6600 A LGL46000S40X 5972.00 4800 A LLL46000S40X 6372.00 4800 A LGL46000S60X 6465.00 6600A LLL46000S60X 6865.00 6600 A a True 2P device. Others are a 2P in a 3P module. $ Price 440.00 1193.00 Trip Point 4500 A 4500 A 4 AWG–300 kcmil P-Frame and R-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switchese, 600 Vac Ampere Rating 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3000 A J Withstand K Withstand L Withstand Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point Cat. No. PJL26000S60 5340.00 10 kA PKL26000S60 5340.00 24 kA PLL24000S60d PJL26000S80 5991.00 10 kA PKL26000S80 5991.00 24 kA PLL24000S80d PJL26000S10 7469.00 10 kA PKL26000S10 7469.00 24 kA PLL24000S10d PJL26000S12 11744.00 10 kA PKL26000S12 11744.00 24 kA PLL24000S12d PJL36000S60 6584.00 10 kA PKL36000S60 6584.00 24 kA PLL34000S60d PJL36000S80 7236.00 10 kA PKL36000S80 7236.00 24 kA PLL34000S80d PJL36000S10 9287.00 10 kA PKL36000S10 9287.00 24 kA PLL34000S10d PJL36000S12 11867.00 10 kA PKL36000S12 11867.00 24 kA PLL34000S12d — — — RKF26000S12 12213.00 57 kA RLF26000S12 — — — RKF26000S16 14685.00 57 kA RLF26000S16 — — — RKF26000S20 15687.00 57 kA RLF26000S20 — — — RKF26000S25 24948.00 57 kA RLF26000S25 — — — RKF36000S12 13602.00 57 kA RLF36000S12 — — — RKF36000S16 15911.00 57 kA RLF36000S16 — — — RKF36000S20 19374.00 57 kA RLF36000S20 — — — RKF36000S25 30836.00 57 kA RLF36000S25 — — — RKF36000S30 41104.00 57 kA RLF36000S30 d P-frame L-interrupting is available in 480 Vac only. e UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown. Table 7.72: Voltage $ Price Trip Point 5715.00 10 kA 6414.00 10 kA 7995.00 10 kA 10887.00 10 kA 6974.00 10 kA 7667.00 10 kA 9837.00 10 kA 12570.00 10 kA 12855.00 48 kA 14825.00 48 kA 15837.00 48 kA 25185.00 48 kA 14318.00 48 kA 16062.00 48 kA 19559.00 48 kA 31130.00 48 kA 41496.00 48 kA Terminal Wire Range AL800M23K (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P25K (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL800M23K (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu AL1200P25K (4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu R-frame circuit breakers can be bus-connected or cable-connected. For cable connections, RLTB kit or equivalent bus structure is required. Kit is included with 3000 A switches. For all others, see page 7-44. H-, J-, L- P-, and R-Frame Withstand Ratingsf Withstand G J K L R 240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 65 kA 125 kA 200 kA 480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 50 kAg 100 kA 200 kA 600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 50 kAg 50 kA 100 kA f The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating. g R-frame withstand is 65 kA. Accessories . . . . . . . Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31 Optional Lugs . . . . . . Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-54 and 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58 7-34 DE2 DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 www.schneider-electric.us The UL Listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown below are specifically designed for use on ungrounded dc systems having a maximum short-circuit voltage of 500 Vdc or a maximum floating (unloaded) voltage of 600 Vdc. The circuit breakers are suitable for use only with UPS (uninterruptable power supplies) and ungrounded systems. This two-level voltage rating allows these circuit breakers to be applied to battery sources having a short-circuit availability of 20,000 amperes for LH, and MH circuit breakers and 25,000 amperes for PAF circuit breakers at 500 Vdc. LH and MH circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic trip that is readily accessible by means of a single adjustment on the face of the circuit breaker. PAF circuit breakers have a fixed magnetic trip range. These circuit breakers are UL Listed for the interrupting ratings shown only if applied with three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker). See diagram below. NOTE: Due to external series connection, I-Line™ circuit breakers are not available for this application. Table 7.73: Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/ Francher seulement comme suit: 300 V 300 V 600 V MAX. or MAX. MAX. o ou Load/Carga/ Charge Load/Carga/ Charge Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating) 500 Vdc max. (loaded) DC Circuit Breaker Label CAUTION/PRECAUCION/ ATTENTION Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/ Brancher seulement comme suit: + 600 V MAX. + Load/Carga/ Charge 600 V MAX. - or o ou - Load/Carga/ Charge 600 V MAX. Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating) 500 Vdc max. (loaded) MHL–DCH Breaker Only a b DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Cat. No. 100 A 125 A 150 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1200 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 700 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1200 A JGL37100D81 JGL37125D81 JGL37150D81 JGL37175D81 JGL37200D82 JGL37225D82 JGL37250D82 LHL3625025DC LHL3630026DC LHL3635029DC LHL3640030DC MHL3645031DC MHL3650032DC MHL3660033DC MHL3670035DC MHL3680036DC MHL3690039DC MHL36100040DC MHL36120040DCb MHL3645031DCH MHL3650032DCH MHL3660033DCH MHL3670035DCH MHL3680036DCH MHL3690039DCH MHL36100040DCH MHL36120040DCHb Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range— Interrupting Rating DC Amperesa @ 500 Vdc Low High 400 600 400 600 20 k AIR 400 600 400 600 500 850 500 850 20 k AIR 500 850 625 1250 750 1500 20 k AIR 875 1750 1000 2000 1125 2250 1250 2500 1500 3000 1750 3500 20 k AIR 2000 4000 2500 5000 2500 5000 2500 5000 25 k AIR 1125 2250 1250 2500 1500 3000 1750 3500 50 k AIR 2000 4000 2500 5000 2500 5000 2500 5000 50 k AIR $ Price 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 3779.00 5001.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 7598.00 9456.00 9456.00 9456.00 11882.00 11882.00 14078.00 14078.00 16758.00 12506.00 12506.00 12506.00 14932.00 14932.00 17128.00 17128.00 19808.00 Magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown. Suitable for use only in a ventilated enclosure. Minimum enclosure dimensions are 38" h x 20" w x 7" d with a minimum of 300 square inches of ventilation near the top and bottom of the enclosure. Ampere Rating PAF361200DC PAF361600DC PAF362000DC PCF362500DC Fixed Magnetic Trip Range—DC Amperesa Hold 1200 1600 2000 2500 Trip 1620 2160 2700 3375 Interrupting Rating @ 500 Vdc 25 k AIR 25 k AIR $ Price 24726.00 24726.00 24726.00 39365.00 7 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A Circuit Breaker Cat. No. MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS CAUTION/PRECAUCION/ ATTENTION Accessories. . . . . . . .Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Page 3-29 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-55 and Supplemental Digest Page 3-33 Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-35 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers UL Listed 500 Vdc NW Circuit Breakers Class 500, 600 www.schneider-electric.us Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breaker Table 7.74: Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Interrupting Rating 500 Vdc (max 600 Vdc unloaded) 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000A 2500 A 3000 A 4000 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000A 2500 A 3000 A 4000 A NW08NDC NW12NDC NW16NDC NW20NDC NW25NDC NW30NDC NW40NDC NW08HDC NW12HDC NW16HDC NW20HDC NW25HDC NW30HDC NW40HDC 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 35 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA 85 kA $ Price Fixed Circuit Breaker Version C 42214.00 42214.00 42214.00 42214.00 56158.00 70100.00 84044.00 46858.00 46858.00 46858.00 46858.00 62335.00 77811.00 93289.00 Version C1 42746.00 42746.00 42746.00 42746.00 56690.00 70632.00 84576.00 47448.00 47448.00 47448.00 47448.00 62926.00 78402.00 93879.00 $ Price Drawout Circuit Breaker Version C 39824.00 39824.00 39824.00 39824.00 56662.00 73500.00 90338.00 44205.00 44205.00 44205.00 44205.00 64076.00 81585.00 100275.00 Version C1 40888.00 40888.00 40888.00 40888.00 57726.00 74564.00 90142.00 45386.00 45386.00 45386.00 45386.00 64076.00 82766.00 100058.00 $ Price Cradle Version C 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 11778.00 Version C1 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 12842.00 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-36 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Selective Coordination www.schneider-electric.us Designed for selectively coordinated systems, mission critical circuit breakers maximize continuity of the electrical service by allowing the branch circuit breaker to clear the fault. PowerPact D-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker Mission critical circuit breakers are engineered with technology that optimizes current, time and energy selectivity so the fault is cleared by the circuit breaker immediately upstream of the occurrence. This technology (see figure below) allows the remaining areas of the electrical system to continue operation without disruption. In addition to QO 20 A 1P Load unique design attributes, Square D mission critical circuit breakers have also undergone rigorous testing procedures to certify the coordination with downstream circuit breakers—combining innovative engineering with FAULT validated test results. QO 100 A 2P Apply Square D mission critical circuit breakers in emergency power distribution systems, data centers, hospitals Load or anywhere continuity of service is desired. The PowerPact™ J- and L-Frame Mission Critical circuit breakers deliver high levels of selective coordination in a flexible design that can be easily configured for a variety of applications. Tested to be selectively coordinated with the QO™ family of miniature circuit breakers and the ED, EG, and EJ circuit breakers, this solution provides peace of mind when power availability is critical. An electronic trip unit provides adjustable long-time settings in four sensor sizes, allowing coverage from 50 A through 600 A on a 120–240, 208Y/120, 240, 480Y/277, and 480 V systems. 06163051 208 Y/120 V 3 Phase Panel Table 7.75: PowerPact J- and L-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Ratings Available Configurations I-Line mounting Main circuit breaker in NQ and NF panelboards Unit mount for OEM users Plug-in base for OEM users Drawout base ofr OEM users UL 489 Listed CSA Certified Voltage: 480 V Table 7.76: J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Electronic Trip Trip D Interrupting Trip Unit Continuous Unit Type Function Current Cat. No. $ Price Standard LI 3.2 W 250 JDL34250WU31X 3489. Standard LSI 3.2S-W 250 JDL34250WU33X 3801. High Perf. Ammerter LSI 5.2A-W 250 JDL34250WU43X 4809. High Perf. Energy LSI 5.2E-W 250 JDL34250WU53X 5414. High Perf. Ammerter LSIG 6.2A-W 250 JDL34250WU44X 6018. High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.2E-W 250 JDL34250WU54X 6623. a Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated. b AL250JD terminal wire range is (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. Table 7.77: G Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price JGL34250WU31X 4727. JGL34250WU33X 5039. JGL34250WU43X 6046. JGL34250WU53X 6652. JGL34250WU44X 7256. JGL34250WU54X 7861. J Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price JJL34250WU31X 6678. JJL34250WU33X 6989. JJL34250WU43X 7997. JJL34250WU53X 8602. JJL34250WU44X 9206. JJL34250WU54X 9812. L Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price JLL34250WU31X 8629. JLL34250WU33X 8941. JLL34250WU43X 9949. JLL34250WU53X 10554. JLL34250WU44X 11158. JLL34250WU54X 11763. Terminal AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb AL250JDb L-Frame 600 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona Electronic Trip Unit Type Trip Trip Unit Continuous Function Current D Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price G Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price J Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price L Interrupting Cat. No. $ Price Terminal 480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P LJL34250WU31X LJL34400WU31X LJL34600WU31X LJL34250WU33X LJL34400WU33X LJL34600WU33X LJL34400WU43X LJL34600WU43X LJL34400WU53X LJL34600WU53X LJL34400WU44X LJL34600WU44X LJL34400WU54X LJL34600WU54X 10004. 10004. 12438. 10704. 10704. 13138. 11775. 14208. 12952. 15386. 14131. 16844. 15307. 17741. LLL34250WU31X LLL34400WU31X LLL34300WU31X LLL34250WU33X LLL34400WU33X LLL34300WU33X LLL34400WU43X LLL34300WU43X LLL34400WU53X LLL34300WU53X LLL34400WU44X LLL34300WU44X LLL34400WU54X LLL34300WU54X 11703. 11703. 13968. 12403. 12403. 14667. 13474. 15738. 14651. 16915. 15830. 18093. 17006. 19271. 250 LDL44250WU31X 6196. LGL44250WU31X 400 LDL44400WU31X 7096. LGL44400WU31X 600 LDL44600WU31X 9789. LGL44600WU31X 250 LDL44250WU33X 6861. LGL44250WU33X Standard LSI 3.3S-W 400 LDL44400WU33X 7761. LGL44400WU33X 600 LDL44600WU33X 10454. LGL44600WU33X 400 LDL44400WU43X 8779. LGL44400WU43X High Perf. Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W 600 LDL44600WU43X 11471. LGL44600WU43X 400 LDL44400WU53X 9896. LGL44400WU53X High Perf. Energy LSI 5.3E-W 600 LDL44600WU53X 12590. LGL44600WU53X 400 LDL44400WU44X 11016. LGL44400WU44X High Perf. Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W 600 LDL44600WU44X 13709. LGL44600WU44X 400 LDL44400WU54X 12134. LGL44400WU54X High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.3E-W 600 LDL44600WU54X 14827. LGL44600WU54X a Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated. b AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) #2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) #2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu. c AL600LS52K3 terminal wire ranges are (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu. 6496. 7396. 10231. 7195. 8095. 10931. 9167. 12001. 10343. 13179. 11522. 14356. 12699. 15534. LJL44250WU31X LJL44400WU31X LJL44600WU31X LJL44250WU33X LJL44400WU33X LJL44600WU33X LJL44400WU43X LJL44600WU43X LJL44400WU53X LJL44600WU53X LJL44400WU44X LJL44600WU44X LJL44400WU54X LJL44600WU54X 10504. 11404. 13838. 11204. 12104. 14538. 13175. 15608. 14352. 16786. 15531. 18244. 16707. 19141. LLL44250WU31X LLL44400WU31X LLL44300WU31X LLL44250WU33X LLL44400WU33X LLL44300WU33X LLL44400WU43X LLL44300WU43X LLL44400WU53X LLL44300WU53X LLL44400WU44X LLL44300WU44X LLL44400WU54X LLL44300WU54X 12203. 13103. 15368. 12903. 13803. 16067. 14874. 17138. 16051. 18315. 17230. 19493. 18406. 20671. 3.3 W Standard LSI 3.3S-W High Perf. Ammeter LSI 5.3A-W High Perf. Energy LSI 5.3E-W High Perf. Ammeter LSIG 6.3A-W High Perf. Energy LSIG 6.3E-W 250 400 600 250 400 600 400 600 400 600 400 600 400 600 LDL34250WU31X LDL34400WU31X LDL34600WU31X LDL34250WU33X LDL34400WU33X LDL34600WU33X LDL34400WU43X LDL34600WU43X LDL34400WU53X LDL34600WU53X LDL34400WU44X LDL34600WU44X LDL34400WU54X LDL34600WU54X 5696. 5696. 8389. 6361. 6361. 9054. 7379. 10071. 8496. 11190. 9616. 12309. 10734. 13427. AL400L61K3b AL600LS52K3c AL400L61K3b AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c AL600LS52K3c 480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P Standard Table 7.78: LI 3.3 W AL400L61K4b AL600LS52K4c AL400L61K4b AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c AL600LS52K4c J-Frame Termination Options Termination Letter A = I-Line (See Section 9) For factory-installed F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)a termination, place termination L = Lugs both ends letter in the third block of the M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end circuit breaker catalog number. P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end HGL36100 N = Plug-in b D = Drawout b Termination Letter S = Rear Connected b Rear Connected Plug-in Drawout a Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit. b For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price. Table 7.79: Voltage 240 Vac 480 Vac H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings D 25 kA 18 kA © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Interrupting Rating G J 65 kA 100 kA 35 kA 65 kA L 125 kA 100 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 5996. 5996. 8831. 6695. 6695. 9531. 7767. 10601. 8943. 11779. 10122. 12956. 11299. 14134. LI 7-37 7 LGL34250WU31X LGL34400WU31X LGL34600WU31X LGL34250WU33X LGL34400WU33X LGL34600WU33X LGL34400WU43X LGL34600WU43X LGL34400WU53X LGL34600WU53X LGL34400WU44X LGL34600WU44X LGL34400WU54X LGL34600WU54X Standard Mission Critical Circuit Breakers Selective Coordination www.schneider-electric.us LA Mission Critical Circuit Breakers The LA High Magnetic Withstand MC Circuit Breakers are designed to trip at a higher magnetic trip level (18–20 times handle rating) than typical molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs) (which trip at 5–10 times the handle rating). The high magnetic withstand value of these LA circuit breakers allow the downstream branch circuit breaker to clear the fault. Table 7.80: Ampere Rating L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit Breakers For Mission Critical Loads AC Magnetic Level Factory Set Standard Interrupting Hold Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. Trip High Interrupting $ Price Terminal Cat. No. Wire Range LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac 200 A 225 A 250 A 3400 A 3825 A 4250 A 4000 A 4500 A 5000 A LAL34200MC LAL34225MC LAL34250MC 4962.00 4962.00 5355.00 LHL34200MC LHL34225MC LHL34250MC 7941.00 7941.00 AL250LAMC 8336.00 (1) 250–350 kcmil Al (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu 400 A 6000 A 7200 A LAL34400MC 6615.00 LHL34400MC 9596.00 (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or (2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al Table 7.81: AL400LA L-Frame Interrupting Table LAL LHL 240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 480 Vac 30 kA 35 kA PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units The advantages of being able to adjust the trip curve of a circuit breaker equipped with an electronic trip system are obvious. There are other advantages, such as being able to adjust or turn off the instantaneous trip function on some circuit beakers and models of trip units. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30 Compression and PDC Lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest Page 3-30 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54 Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-56 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7-38 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Electrical Accessories Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Electrical Accessories Auxiliary and Alarm Switches (OF, SD, SDE) Description Standard Min Load = 10mA with Provides circuit 24V breaker contact status. Note: The location of the accessory in the circuit breaker determines its function. H-, J-, L-, M-, P, and R-Frame Low Level Min Load = 1mA with 24V Shunt Trip (MX) Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized from a separate supply voltage circuit. H-, J-, and L-Frame Undervoltage Trip (MN) Instantaneously opens the circuit breaker when the under-voltage trip supply voltage drops to a value between 35% and 70% of its rated voltage. Closing is allowed when the supply voltage of the undervoltage trip reaches 85% of rated voltage. H-, J-, and L-Frame Time Delay Unit Undervoltage trip with externally mounted adjustable time delay unit for UVR of 0.5, 0.9, 1.5, 3.0 seconds before circuit breaker trips Undervoltage trip with externally mounted nonadjustable time delay unit of 0.25 sec before circuit breaker trips. a b c d e H- and J-Frame FactoryFieldInstalled Cat. Suffix Installable $ Price Cat. No. Rated Voltage 1 auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b 2 auxiliary switch (OF) 2a2b 3 auxiliary switch (OF) 3a3b Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b OF Switch Consisting of: SDE Adapter Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch OF Switch Consisting of: SDE Adapter Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Adapter (OF/SD/SDE) Kit One auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b Two auxiliary switches (OF) 2a2b 3 auxiliary switches (OF) 3a3b Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b OF Switch Consisting of: SDE Adapter Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch OF Switch Consisting of: SDE Adapterd 24 48 110–130 AC 220–240 208–277 380–480 525–600 12 24 30 DC 48 60 125 250 24 48 110–130 AC 220–240 208–277 380–480 525–600 12 24 30 DC 48 60 125 250 48 100–130 AC/DC 220–250 AA AB AC BC BD — — BE — — — AE AF AG BH BJ — — BK — — SK SL SA — SD SH SJ SN SO SU SP SV SR SS UK UL UA — UD UH UJ UN UO UU UP UV UR US — — — S29450 2x S29450 — S29450 — S29450 S29451 — 2x S29450 S29451 — M-, P-, and R-Frame L-Frame FieldInstallable Cat. No. 297.00 594.00 2x — 3x 297.00 338.00 297.00 40.00 635.00 2x 594.00 40.00 — S29452 372.00 2x S29452 744.00 2x — — 3x S29452 372.00 — 413.00 S29452 372.00 S29451 40.00 — 785.00 2x 2x S29452 744.00 S29451 40.00 S29384 S29385 S29386 — 717.00 S29387 S29388 S29389 S29382 S29390 S29391 S29392 717.00 S29383 S29393 S29394 S29404 S29405 S29406 — 717.00 S29407 S29408 S29409 S29402 S29410 S29411 S29412 717.00 S29403 S29413 S29414 S33680 S33681 1140.00 S33682 S29450 S29450 S29450 S29450 S29450 — — S29450 — — Factory Installed $ Price Cat. Suffix 297.00 594.00 891.00 297.00 297.00 — — 594.00 — — AA AB AC BC BD — — BE — — — — — S29452 S29452 S29452 S29452 S29452 — — S29452 — — S29384 S29385 S29386 — S29387 S29388 S29389 S29382 S29390 S29391 S29392 S29383 S29393 S29394 S29404 S29405 S29406 — S29407 S29408 S29409 S29402 S29410 S29411 S29412 S29403 S29413 S29414 S33680 S33681 S33682 372.00 744.00 1116.00 372.00 372.00 — — 744.00 — — AE AF AG BH BJ e — — BKe — — SK SL SA SC SD SH — SN SK SK SL SL SA SC UK UL UA UC — UH — — UK UK UL UL UA UC FL FA FC — 380–480 — — — — 717.00 717.00 717.00 717.00 1140.00 930.00 FH FieldInstallable Cat. No. $ Price S29450 S29450 S29450 S29450 S29450 — — S29450 — — 297.00 594.00 891.00 297.00 297.00 — — 594.00 — — S33801c 297.00 2x 3x 2x S29452 2x S29452 3x S29452 S29452 S29452 — — 2x S29452 — — S33659 S33660 S33661 S33662 S33663 S33664 — S33658 S33659 S33659 S33660 S33660 S33661 S33662 S33668 S33669 S33670 S33671 — S33673 — — S33668 S33668 S33669 S33669 S33670 S33671 S33680ab S33681ab S33682ab 372.00 744.00 1116.00 372.00 372.00 — — 744.00 — — 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 1140.00 S33683ab 48 — S29426 930.00 S29426 — — 100–130 — — — — — KA S33684ab 200–250 — — — — — KC S33685ab 220–240 — S29427 930.00 S29427 — — AC/DC 930.00 930.00 Field-installable kit includes time delay module only. Order undervoltage trip separately. Discount schedule DE2F. P-frame drawout circuit breaker only. SDE Adapter used for H- and J-frame only. Not available on electrically operated P-frame. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2F Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS H-, J-, and L-Frame Accessory 7 Table 7.82: 7-39 PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Table 7.83: Motor Operators and Rotary Handles Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 Description AC DC Communicating motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakerse Motor Operator AC J-Frame L-Frame 600 A $ Price Cat. No. S31548 S31540 $ Price Cat. No. S432639 S432640 $ Price ML MA Cat. No. S29440 S29433 1161.00 S31541 3123.00 S432641 3395.00 MD S29434 MF MH MO MV MR MS — S29435 S29436 S29437 S29438 S29439 220–240 NC S429441 1509.00 S431549 4060.00 S432652 4414.00 — — — — S41940 S42888 — 146.00 146.00 — S41940 S42888 — 146.00 146.00 S32649 S41940 S42888 59.00 146.00 146.00 — S429449 155.00 S429449 155.00 — — — — S37420 — 119.00 — S37420 — 119.00 S32648 — Operations counter Adapter for I-Line circuit breaker Table 7.84: H-Framea 48–60 110–130 208–277 220–240 380–415 440–480 24–30 48–60 110–130 250 Mounting hardware Ronis lock Profalux lock Mounting hardware plus Ronis lock Locking device Field--Installable Kit Factory Installed Cat. No. Suffix Rated Voltage Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakersd — S31542 S31543 S31544 S31545 S31546 1161.00 S432642 S432647 S432643 S432644 S432645 S432646 3123.00 3545.00 — 225.00 — Spring-Charging Motors for Electrically-Operated P-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Rated Voltage Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakers. Factory-installed includes motor and opening/closing coils. Spring-charging Motor 7 Table 7.85: Communicating motor mechanism for electrically operated circuit breakers. Factory-installed includes motor and opening/closing coils. AC DC AC DC 48 100–130 220–240 380–415 24–30 48–60 110–130 200–250 48 100–130 220–240 380–415 24–30 48–60 110–130 200–250 Factory Installed Cat. No. Suffix ML MA MC MF MO MV MR MS NL NA NC NF NO NV NR NS P-Frame (For Field-replacement Only) $ Price Spring Charging Motor Cat. No. S47391 S47395 5090.00 S47396 S47398 S47390 S47391 5090.00 S47392 S47393 S47391 S47395 5090.00 S47396 S47398 S47390 S47391 5090.00 S47392 S47393 Replacement Coils $ Price c Opening/Closing Coil Cat. No. S33660 S33661 3580.00 S33662 S33664 S33659 S33660 3580.00 S33661 S33662 S33034 S33035 3580.00 S33036 S33038 S33033 S33034 3580.00 S33035 S33036 $ Price 755.00 755.00 755.00 755.00 Rotary Operated Handles H- and J-Framea MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Device Description Standard black handle Handle only Two early-break and two early make switches Standard black handle with One early-break switch Two early-make switches Direct Mounted Handle only Red handle on yellow bezel One early-break switch Two early-make switches MCC conversion accessory CNOMO conversion accessory Standard black handle Handle only Two early-break and two early make Door Standard black handle switches Mounted with: Two early make switches Red handle on yellow bezel Handle only Rotary Handle Replacement Kit Telescoping Key lock adapter Ronis 1351.500 Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z Key locks Accessories 2 Ronis keylocks with 1 key 2 Profalux keylocks with 1 key One early-break switch Indication Auxiliary Switch Two early-make switches e Direct-Mounted handle L-Frame Factory Field Installable $ Price Factory Installed Field Installable Installed Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix RD10 S29337 225.00 RD10 S32597 a b c d 7-40 www.schneider-electric.us Motor Operators for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers — — — — — RD12 RD13 RD20 RD22 RD23 — — RE10 S29337 + S29345 S29337 + S29346 S29339 S29339 + S29345 S29339 + S29346 S429341 — S29338 345.00 404.00 234.00 354.00 413.00 102.00 — 383.00 RD12 RD13 RD20 RD22 RD23 — — RE10 S32597 + S32605 S32597 + S29346 S32599 S32599 + S32605 S32599 + S29346 S32606 S32602 S32598 — — — — — P-Frame Factory $ Price Installed Cat. No. Suffix 366.00 RD10 — 486.00 545.00 407.00 527.00 586.00 102.00 102.00 557.00 — $ Price 539.00 RD16 822.00 — — — — — — — RE10 — — — — — — — 971.00 RE16 1268.00 RE13 S29338 + S29346 503.00 RE13 S32598 + S29346 736.00 — — RE20 S29340 399.00 RE20 S32600 597.00 — — — — — — — — S33875 795.00 RT10 S29343 492.00 RT10 S32603 617.00 — — — S429344 58.00 — S32604 58.00 — — — S41940 146.00 — S41940 146.00 — — — S42888 146.00 — S42888 146.00 — — — S41950 185.00 — S41950 185.00 — — — S42878 185.00 — S42878 185.00 — — — S29445 120.00 — S32605 120.00 — — — S29346 179.00 — S29346 179.00 — — Not available in H-frame 2P modules. CP1 discount schedule. DE2F discount schedule. Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for H- and J-frame circuit breakers require the SDE switch and SDE adapter (both included). Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for L-frame circuit breakers require the SDE switch (included). Installation requires BSCM with NSX Cord. SeeTable 7.118, page 7-49 for ordering information. Door-Mounted Handle DE2F CP1 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Locks, Interlocking H- and J-Frame Description Removable (lock OFF only) Fixed (lock OFF or ON) Fixed (lock OFF only)a Fixed (lock OFF only)–2P Mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary Interlocking handlesa (Not UL listed) Mechanical for circuit breakers with togglesa Provision only, vertical Kirk mount, 1 or 2 locks Provisions only, vertical mounting one key interlock Kirk including padlock provision, open position only. Provision only, horizontal Kirk mount Ronis 1 lock, M- and P-frame Profalux 1 or 2 locks, R-frame Handle Padlocking Device Key Locking Provision and 1 lock, vertical mount Provision and 1 lock, horizontal mount a b c Q-Frame L-Frame Factory FieldFieldFieldInstalled Installed $ Price Installed $ Price Installed Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix — S29370 50.00 S29370 YP S29371 77.00 QBPA 77.00 S32631 YQ S37422 122.00 QBPAF 77.00 NJPAF YQ H2PHLA 122.00 — — — — S29369 494.00 — — S29354 494.00 QBMIK — — — — — — — — — — — $ Price 50.00 122.00 122.00 — M- and P-Frame Factory FieldInstalled Installed Cat. No. Cat. No. Suffix — S44936 YP S32631 YQ MPRPAF — — R-Frame FieldInstalled Cat. No. $ Price 50.00 122.00 122.00 — Factory Installed Cat. No. Suffix — YP YQ — S33996 S32631 MPRPAF — 50.00 122.00 122.00 — $ Price — S32621 494.00 — S33890 1220.00 — — — 90.00 S32614 494.00 — — — — — — — — — JA — 323.00 — — — — JEb — 445.00 JE — 445.00 — — — — — — — — — — JK JBc — — 323.00 323.00 JK JB — — 323.00 323.00 323.00 — — — — — — — — JDc — 323.00 JD — Kirk — — — — — — — JG — 1796.00 — — — Kirk Ronis Profalux — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — JL JCc JFc — — — 1796.00 2285.00 2285.00 JL JC JF — — — 1796.00 2285.00 2285.00 — — — — JN — 2285.00 JN — 2285.00 — — — — JP — 3269.00 JP — 3269.00 Provision and 2 locks keyed Kirk — — — alike Provision and 2 locks keyed Kirk — — — differently Not available in M frame or HD and HG 2P modules. Not available on M-frame. Not available for M, P or P frame drawout. Only available on P frame electronic. Table 7.87: Installation Accessories fo H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers H- and J-Frame Description Handle Rubber Boot Door Escutcheon Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Breakers Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator, or extended escutcheon Phase Barriers (set of 6) Handle Rubber Bootd Sealing Accessories (for front cover screws) DIN rail mounting kit (requires 15 mm depth on a 35 mm DIN rail)d DIN rail adapter Handle Extensions (set of 5) d Not available in HD and HG 2P modules. Table 7.88: FieldInstalled Cat. No. S29315 48.00 S29317 63.00 S32558 74.00 S29329 S29319 S29375 S29305 — S29313 53.00 135.00 42.00 188.00 — 140.00 32570 S32560 S29375 — — S432553 72.00 171.00 42.00 — — 165.00 $ Price Description Rear Connection Toggle Handle Drawout Short lug cover 3P Short lug cover 4P Long lug cover 3P Long lug cover 4P Standard Standard Short Long Terminal Covers Replacement Handle e Table 7.89: M-, P-Frame R-Frame M-, P-Frame P-Frame P-Frame R-Frame M-, P-Frame M-, P-Frame 55.00 $ Price 176.00 176.00 47.00 308.00 165.00 216.00 216.00 281.00 111.00 44.00 44.00 DE2F discount schedule. Rear Connections H-Frame J-Frame FactoryFactoryFieldFieldInstalled Installed Poles $ Price Poles $ Price Poles Installable Installed Termination Termination Cat. No. Cat. No. No. No. 2 S — — 2 S — — 3 Mixed Rear Connection Kitf 3 S S37432 381.00 3 S S37437 381.00 4 Short rear connections (set of 2) — 2x S37433g 84.00 — 2x S37438g 84.00 2 or 3 2 or 3 3 Long rear connections (set of 2) — S37434 105.00 — S37439h 105.00 Consisting of: Short terminal cover (3P) 3 — S37436 119.00 3 — S37440 119.00 3 Short terminal cover (4P) 4 — — — — — — — 4 f Kit contains 4 short rear connections, 2 long rear connections (4 long rear connections for 4P), hardware, and 2 terminal covers.. g Price shown is for quantity one. h For use with 3P circuit breakers only. Device FieldInstalled Cat. No. S33718e S33929 S33717 S33857e S33932 S33933 S33934 S33935 S33997 S46998 S46996 Frame Accessory Cover Door Escutcheon Fixed Padlock Attachment $ Price Installation Accessories for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Terminal Covers Removable Padlock Attachment L-Frame FieldInstalled Cat. No. 32556 Description © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 DE2F L-Frame FactoryInstalled Termination No. S S — — — — Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Field-Installed Cat. No. $ Price S32477 S32478 S432475g S432476g S32562g S32563g 1059.00 1344.00 219.00 261.00 149.00 161.00 2x 2x 2x 2x 7-41 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Device 7 Table 7.86: PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Mechanical Lugs Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 Table 7.90: Mechanical Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakersa Circuit Breaker Application Description J-Frame Lug Standard Ampere Rating Optional HD, HG, HJ, HL 15–150 A Al Lugs for Use with Al JD, JG, JJ, JL 150–175 A or Cu Wire JD, JG, JJ, JL 200–250 A JD,JG,JJ,JL HD,HG,HJ,HL Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only JD,JG,JJ,JL Control Wire Terminal for H-frame lug kit Control Wire Terminal for J-frame lug kit a See page 7-44 for terminal nuts/bus bar connections. Table 7.91: Ampere Rating Number of Wires Per Lug and Wire Range 150–175 A 15–150 A 150–250 A (1) 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu (1) 4-4/0 AWG Al or Cu (1) 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu (1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu (1) 1/0–300 kcmil Cu Circuit Breaker Application Ampere Rating 250 Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire L-Frame Lugs Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only Poles Unit Mount I-Line 3 X X 400/600 4 3 4 X X X — — — 400/600 250/400 3 3 X X X X 4 3 4 3 X X X X — — — X 400/600 400/600 M- and P-Frame Lugs (800 A and below) Number of Wires Per Lug and Wire Range (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu (2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu (1) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu (1) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu Standard M-, P-Frame Al Lugs for AL or Cu Wire Wires per Lug and Wire Range 7 Rating Optional Ampere Rating 800 A — 800 A (3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 1200 A PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ 800 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil — PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ 800 A (2) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil — PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ 800 A (2) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil 750 kcmil: compact AL only 1200 A PG ,PJ, PL 800 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil — PG, PJ,P L 800–1200 A P-Frame MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS PG,PJ,PL R-Frame M-, P-Frame Cu Lugs for Cu Wire Only P-Frame Lugs (Above 800 A) P-Frame b c d e f 7-42 Qty Per Kit $ Price Per Kit AL150HD AL175JD AL250JD CU150HD CU250JD S37423 S37424 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 75.00 113.00 113.00 156.00 314.00 53.00 53.00 Kit Cat. No. Qty Per Kit $ Price Per Kit AL400L61K3 3 143.00 AL400L61K4 AL600LS52K3 AL600LS52K4 4 3 4 176.00 341.00 449.00 AL600LF52K3 CU400L61K3 3 3 831.00 755.00 CU400L61K4 CU600LS52K3 CU600LS52K4 CU600LF52K3 4 3 4 3 983.00 1832.00 2385.00 2395.00 Mechanical Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breakerse Circuit Breaker Application Description Kit Cat. No. Mechanical Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Table 7.92: www.schneider-electric.us (3) 350-600 kcmil — PG, PJ, PL 1200 A 1200 A 2500 A — I-Line Unit Mount PJ — — 100–150 A (3) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil 750 kcmil: compact AL only (4) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil (1) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil (1) 1-1/0 AWG 800 A MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL — (3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 1200 A MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL 800–1200 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil 1200 A PG, PJ, PL 800–1200 A (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil Cat. No. Lugs Per Kit $ Price Per Kit AL800M23K AL800M23K4 AL1200P24Kb AL800P6Kb AL800P6K4b AL800P7Kb AL800P7K4b AL1200P25Kc AL1200P25K4c AL1200P6KUc AL1200P6KU4c AL1200P7KUc AL1200P7KU4c AL1200R53K AL2500RKd CU250P1Kf CU800M23K CU800M23K4 CU1200P24Kb CU1200P25Kc CU1200P25K4 CU1200R53K 3 4 1 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 1 2 3 3 4 1 3 4 1 284.00 378.00 155.00 416.00 554.00 464.00 602.00 378.00 504.00 786.00 1038.00 1233.00 1635.00 215.00 132.00 990.00 1647.00 2190.00 569.00 4886.00 6503.00 548.00 R-Frame 1200 A I-Line — (4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil Does not fit onto ON end of unit-mount P-frame circuit breakers. For unit-mount circuit breaker only. All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-44. For lug with a tapped hole for control wire, add a “T” before the “K” in the catalog number (for example, AL800P6TK). This lug can only be used on low amp PJ frame breakers where the Instantaneous setting must not be turned OFF. The cables must be laced with rope per lug instructions. DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Ampere Rating System Range Mounting Type Dimension A (in) Max. Lugs per Terminal Cat. No. Qty. Per Kit $ Price Per Kit 1.2 2.5 1.2 2.5 1.0 1.2 0.7 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 YA060HD YA150HD YA150JD YA250J35 CYA060HD CYA150HD CYA150JD CYA250J3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 194.00 294.00 237.00 305.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 1.2 2.5 1 2 1 2 YA400L31K3 YA600L32K3 YA400L51K3 YA600L52K3 3 6 3 6 294.00 540.00 361.00 718.00 1 YA400L71K3 3 425.00 YA400L31K4 YA600L32K4 YA400L51K4 YA600L52K4 4 8 4 8 383.00 709.00 474.00 950.00 Compression Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers 60 A 6–2 AWG Al or Cu H-frame Aluminum 150 A 1/0–4/0 AWG Al or Cu Compression 150 A 1–3/0 AWG Al or Cu Lug Kits J-frame 250 A 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu Unit/I-linec 60 A 6–1/0 AWG Cu H-frame Copper 150 A 4–2/0 AWG Cu Compression 150 A 6–1/0 AWG Cu Lug Kits J-frame 250 A 2/0–300 kcmil Cu Compression Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers 250 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu 400 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu 250 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 600 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 500-750 kcmil Al 400 A Aluminum 500 kcmil Cu Compression L-frame 250 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu Lug Kits 400 A 4-300 kcmil Al/Cu 250 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 600 A 2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu 500-750 kcmil Al 400 A 500 kcmil Cu 250 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu 400 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu 250 A 250-500 kcmil Cu Copper 600 A 250-500 kcmil Cu Compression L-frame 250 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu Lug Kits 400 A 2/0-300 kcmil Cu 250 A 250-500 kcmil Cu 600 A 250-500 kcmil Cu Unit/I-linec 1.2 1 2 1 2 2.5 1 YA400L71K4 4 560.00 1.2 2.5 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 CYA400L31K3 CYA600L32K3 CYA400L51K3 CYA600L52K3 CYA400L31K4 CYA600L32K4 CYA400L51K4 CYA600L52K4 3 6 3 6 4 8 4 8 461.00 873.00 384.00 764.00 606.00 1147.00 505.00 1011.00 YA250P3 YA300P5 YA400P3 YA400P7 YA600P5 YA800P7 YA1200R3 YA1200R5 YA1200R7 YA2000R3 YA2000R5 YA2500R7 CYA400P5 CYA600P5 CYA800P7 CYA1200R5 CYA1200R7 1 1 2 1 2 2 4 4 4 2 2 2 1 2 2 4 4 663.00 519.00 542.00 747.00 788.00 845.00 663.00 707.00 888.00 317.00 291.00 350.00 651.00 753.00 554.00 987.00 920.00 $ Price Per Kit 443.00 434.00 305.00 594.00 387.00 387.00 Unit/I-linec Compression Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers 250 A 2/0-300 kcmil 3.7 2 300 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.9 2 400 A 2/0-300 kcmil 4.3 2 M-, P-frame Unit/I-linec 400 A 500-750 kcmil 3.7 2 600 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.9 2 Aluminum 800 A 500-750 kcmil 4.3 2 Compression P-Frame Compression Lug Kit Lug Kits 1200 A 2/0-300 kcmil 3.8 4 1200 A 4/0-500 kcmil I-linec 4.0 4 1200 A 500-750 kcmil 4.4 4 R-framea 2000 A 2/0-300 kcmil a 8 2000 A 4/0-500 kcmil Unitc a 8 2500 A 500-750 kcmil a 8b 400 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.3 2 M-, P-frame 600 A 4/0-500 kcmil Unitc 3.3 2 Copper Compression 800 A 500-750 kcmil 3.6 2 R-Frame Compression Lug Kit Lug Kits 1200 A 4/0-500 kcmil 3.5 4 R-frame I-Linec 1200 A 500-750 kcmil 3.8 4 a All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-44. b 9 lugs for 3000 A circuit breakers c Not for use on I-Line™ circuit breakers unless wire bending space is adequate. Table 7.94: PDC6HD6 PDC3HD2 PDC6JD4 PDC3JD20 Use with Circuit Breaker Type Wires Per Terminal & Wire Range 15–150 (6) 14–6 AWG Cu HD, HG, HJ, HLd 15–150 (3) 14–2 AWG Cu 150–250 (6) 14–4 AWG Cu JD, JG, JJ, JLd 150–250 (2) 14–1 AWG and (1) 3–2/0 AWG Cu 150–600 (3) 14–1 AWG and (2) 3–2/0 AWG LD, LG, LJ, LL 150–600 (12) 14–4 AWG d OFF end only when OFF end is the load end. Table 7.95: PDC12P4 PDC6P20 Crimp lug or PDC connectors extension past end or circuit breaker “A” See Table Power Distribution Connectors for H-Frame, J-Frame and L-Frame Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating Cat. No. Qty. Per Kit 1.0 1.2 1.0 1.5 1.28f 1.31f PDC6HD6 PDC3HD2 PDC6JD4 PDC3JD20 PDC5DG20L3 PDC12DG4L3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Power Distribution Connectors for M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit Breakerse Use for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker in place of standard distribution block to save space and time. • Use on load end of circuit breaker only • Use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only. • Use in UL1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment. • For Cu wire only. e f Dimension A (in.) Ampere Rating (Wires Per Terminal) Wire Range 250–1200 A (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu 250–1200 A (12) 10–4 AWG Cu Cat. No. Qty Per Kit PDC6P20 PDC6P204 PDC12P4 PDC12P44 3 4 3 4 $ Price Per Kit 573.00 756.00 866.00 929.00 Not for use with I-Line™ circuit breakers. Kit includes long terminal shield and cover, which adds 1.65 inches to standard lug with short terminal shield. Extremity of Molded Case w/Mechanical Lugs “A” See Table © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-43 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS J-Frame Compression Lugs Compression Lug Kits for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Type Description 7 Table 7.93: PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 Table 7.96: Terminal Nuts for Bus Bar Connection of H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Terminal Nut Insert Frame Tap Cat. No. Qty Per Kit H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English HD/HG/HJ/HL 1/4-20 S37425 2 53.00 HD/HG/HJ/HL 1/4-20 S37444 3 75.00 H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric HD/HG/HJ/HL M6 S37426 2 53.00 J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English JD/JG/JJ/JL 1/4-20 S37427 2 75.00 J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English JD/JG/JJ/JL 1/4-20 S37445 3 113.00 J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric JD/JG/JJ/JL M8 S37428 2 75.00 Control Wire Terminal for H-Frame Terminal Nut HD/HG/HJ/HL S37429 2 53.00 Control Wire Terminal for J-Frame Terminal Nut JD/JG/JJ/JL S37430 2 53.00 Bus Bar Connections Hardware for L-Frame, M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit Breakers Frame Description L-Frame Set of 4 terminal screws and washers for one side M- and P-Frame Bus Connector Kit for one pole, one end Table 7.98: Term. No. Poles Cat. No. $ Price F 4 S36967 31.00 1 S33928 28.00 Terminal Pad Kits for R-Frame Circuit Breakers Terminal Pad Kit R-Frame Circuit Breaker RLTB Terminal Pad Kit $ Price Per Kit H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English Table 7.97: H-Frame Lug With Terminal Nut www.schneider-electric.us Usage 3000 A, 100% Rated Required for cable or bus 3000 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for cable or bus 2500 A, 100% Rated Field-Installable Kits Lugs per 3P Kit (One End Only) 4P Kit (One End Only) Phase Cat. No. $ Price. Cat. No. $ Price 9 RL3TB 1440.00 RL3TB4 2016.00 8 RLTB 914.00 RLTB4 1280.00 Required for cable or bus 2500 A, Standard (80% Rated) Required for cable, optional for bus cable, optional All Other R-Frame CIrcuit Breakers Required for for bus For cable connection to RLTB, use AL2500RK lug. See page 7-43. Table 7.99: Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers 7 Used With Dimension B Cat. No. (in.) Description Frame MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS H-Frame Short Lug Shield J-Frame Short Lug Shield Short Lug Shielda H-Frame 60 A 3 AWG 0.50 S37446 1 149.00 H-Frame 150 A 3/0 AWG 0.50 S37447 1 149.00 J-Frame 350 kcmil 0.24 S37448 1 149.00 2.24 S37449 1 209.00 1.68 S37450 1 209.00 PDC H- and J-Frame Power Distribution Connectors and Compression Lugs R-Frame Phase Barrier Compression Lugs Aluminum Copper PDC6HD6 YA060HD CYA060HD PDC3HD2 YA150HD CYA150HD J-Frame Long Lug PDC6JD4 Shield PDC3JD2 YA150JD CYA150JD b CYA250J3 H-Frame Long Lug Shield M-, P-Frame S33646 47.00 Phase Barriers 3 R-Frame S33998 47.00 a Short lug shields provide IP20 protection for mechanical lugs and are compatible with control wire terminals. b J-frame terminal shield is not compatible with the YA250J35 compression terminal. Table 7.100: Miscellaneous H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breaker Accessories “B” See Table Accessory Description Bag of screws for accessory cover, L-frame Spare Parts 1 spare toggle extension, L-frame Set of 10 identification labels c 7-44 $ Price Max. Wire Size Compatible with: Phase barrier or terminal shield extension past end of circuit breaker “B” See Table Extremity of Molded Case w/Mechanical Lugs H- and J-Frame Mechanical Lugs Qty Per Kit Field-Installed Cat. No, $ Price S432552 63.00 32595 342.00 LV429226 82.00 DE5A Discount Schedule DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories Plug-In and Drawout Mountings Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.101: Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers (3P or 2P in a 3P module) Factory Installed Cat. No. N Description Complete Factory-Assembled Plug-in base shipped with circuit breaker Circuit Breakers Drawout cradle shipped with circuit breaker Circuit breaker Only Plug-in base kit Circuit breaker only Plug-in base kit Drawout Cradle Cradle side plates (fixed part of chassis) Circuit breaker side plates (moving part of chassis) H-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two) J-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two) Fixed part 9-wire connector (mounted on base) Secondary Disconnect Moving part 9-wire connector (mounted on Blocks circuit breaker) Support for 2-moving connectors Extended escutcheon with extended toggle handle Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) H-Frame and J-Frame Drawout Mounting Accessories for Plug-In and Drawout Table 7.102: S29278 S29282 290.00 348.00 485.00 348.00 587.00 S29283 195.00 S37442 S37443 48.00 48.00 S29273 95.00 S29274 60.00 S29275 S29284 S29287 33.00 77.00 207.00 H-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P S37436 119.00 J-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P) S37440 HJ00 119.00 S29278 HJ00 Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for L-Frame Circuit Breakers Plug-in Mounting Description Kit (stationary and moving parts) Plug-in base Stationary Part L-Frame Plug-In Mounting L-Frame Drawout Mounting Short terminal covers a Poles Factory Installed Cat. No. 3 4 3 4 N N Fixed part of chassis Circuit breaker only Moving part of chassis Moving Part FieldInstalled Cat. No. S32514 S32515 HJ00 3 4 2x 2x S32562 S32563 Drawout Mounting $ Price Factory Installed Cat. No. 1542.00 2082.00 1065.00 1439.00 D D 710.00 HJ00 S32514 S32515 S32532 149.00 161.00 S32533 2x S32562 2x S32563 $ Price 2466.00 3281.00 1065.00 1439.00 693.00 710.00 231.00 149.00 161.00 Plug-In and Drawout Accessories for L-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Fixed Part Secondary Disconnecting Blocks Shutters L-Frame Locking Device FieldInstalled Cat. No. Price shown is for quantity of 1. Table 7.103: L-Frame Disconnecting Blocks 1419.00 Chassis Accessories Table 7.104: 9-wire connector 9-wire connector Moving Part Support for 3 moving connectors Fixed + Moving 9-wire manual auxiliary connector Two shutters for plug-in base Extended escutcheon for toggle Locking device (key lock is not included) Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) FieldInstalled Cat. No. S29273 S32523 S32525 S29272 32521 S32534 S29286 29287 $ Price 95.00 60.00 43.00 480.00 81.00 104.00 164.00 207.00 Termination Options Termination Letter N = Plug-in D = Drawout For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number. LGL36400U31X MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS H-Frame and J-Frame Plug-in Mounting $ Price 638.00 D Plug-In Base Special Order Options for Plug-In and Drawout Circuit Breakers FieldInstalled Cat. No. Drawout Cradle and Accessories for P-Frame Circuit Breakers Description Cat. No. Product Selector Front Connected Flat (FCF) SFCF12bc Rear Connected T Horizontal/Vertical (RCTH/RCTV) SRCTV12bc Modbus™ cradle communication module S33852 Safety shutters S48933c Secondary disconnects terminal shield S33763c Cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C— Connected/test/disconnected S33170c Low level cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C—Connected/test/disconnected S33171c Cell keying kit S33767c Disconnected position key locking—provision for Kirk or Federal Pioneer Lock S33772c Cradle Door interlock kit S33786c Accessories Racking interior kit S33788c Door escutcheon (for replacement only, included with circuit breaker) S33857c Transparent cover S33859c Push-in terminal kit (3 wires) S33098c Push-in terminal kit (6 wires) S33099c Finger cluster S33166c Cluster grease (12 oz. tube) S48899c b Needs 2 kits per cradle. c Discount Schedule DE2F Drawout Cradle Cradle Connectors P-Frame Drawout Cradle Connections © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 7 Termination No. Table 7.105: DE2F Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com $ Price 6400.00 716.00 408.00 2237.00 342.00 220.00 148.00 216.00 97.00 908.00 330.00 358.00 308.00 1290.00 120.00 240.00 164.00 132.00 7-45 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001 Table 7.106: PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Units x– Standard Feature Micrologic Ammeter and Energy Trip Unit PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame molded case circuit breakers may be specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units. Micrologic Standard 3.2/3.3 Trip Units • • • • • • True RMS sensing LI, LSI trip configurations Field-interchangeable trip units LED long-time pickup and trip indication Test kits available Thermal imaging Micrologic Ammeter 5.2A/5.3A/6.2A/6.3A Trip Units Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as: • • • • • • • 7 • • • • Advanced user interface Neutral protection Incremental fine tuning of settings Up to 12 alarms Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only) Phase loading bar graph Maintenance indicators including contact wear, number of operations, operating hours, and load profiles Cause of trip information for troubleshooting assistance LCD Display Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault) Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible Table 7.107: Model MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS • • • Energy Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for H- and J-Frame Trip Function Trip Unit LI 3.2 LSI 3.2S LSI 5.2A LSIG 6.2A LSI 5.2E LSIG 6.2E Standard Includes all features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as: Ground-fault trip with programmable ground fault alarm (available on 6.2E/6.3E only) Power and energy measurement Power quality measurements Current demand and power demand measurements Ammeter 3.2/3/3 3.2S/3.3S 5.2A/5.3A 6.2A/6.3A 5.2E/5.3E 6.2E/6.3E LI x LSId x x x LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripe x x Ground-Fault Alarm/Tripe x x Current Setting Directly in Amperes x x x x x x True RMS Sensing x x x x x x UL Listed x x x x x x Thermal Imaging x x x x x x LED for Long-time Pickup x x x x x x LED for Trip Indication x x x x x x LED for Green “Ready” x x x x x x Up to 12 Alarms Used Together x x x x Digital Ammeter x x x x Zone-selective Interlockingf x x x x Communications o o o o o o LCD Display x x x x Front Display Module FDM121 o o o o Advanced User Interface x x x x Neutral Protectione x x x x Contact Wear Indicationg x x x x Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings x x x x Load Profileg,h x x x x Power Measurement x x Power Quality Measurements x x d The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays. e Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads f ZSI for H/J frames in only IN. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT. g Indication available using the communication system only. h % of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In. i DC not available with electronic trip units. Micrologic Energy 5.2E/5.3E/6.2E/6.3E Trip Units • o – Available Option Standard Features Micrologic Standard Trip Unit www.schneider-electric.us Micrologic Trip Unitsi for PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit breakers Ammeter Energy Table 7.108: Model Ampere Setting 15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 15–60 35–100 50–150 70–250 Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for L-Frame Trip Function Trip Unit LI 3.3 LSI 3.3S LSI 5.3A LSIG 6.3A Standard Ammeter LSI 5.3E LSIG 6.3E Energy Ampere Setting 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 125–400 200–600 7-46 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.109: PowerPact P- and R-Frame Micrologic Trip Units Long-time Pickup Settings Rating Plug A B C D E F G H Long-time Pickup Settings .40 .40 .42 .40 .60 .84 .66 .48 Table 7.110: .45 .44 .50 .48 .70 .86 .68 .50 .50 .50 .53 .64 .75 .88 .70 .52 .60 .56 .58 .70 .80 .90 .72 .54 .63 .63 .67 .80 .85 .92 .74 .56 .70 .75 .75 .90 .90 .94 .76 .58 Micrologic (Standard) 3.0 and 5.0 Trip Units • • • • • • True RMS sensing LI, LSI trip configurations Field-interchangeable long-time rating plugs LED long-time pickup indication Test kits available Thermal imaging Micrologic (Ammeter) 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as: • • • • • • LSIG trip configurations Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only) Phase loading bar graph LED trip indication Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault) Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible Micrologic (Power) 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units Power measurement and advanced protection features includes all features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as: • • • • • • • • • • • Table 7.111: LSI trip configuration with programmable ground fault alarm LSIG (Ground-fault trip) with programmable ground fault alarm Incremental “fine tuning” of L, S, I, and G pickup and delay settings LCD dot matrix display and LED trip indication Advanced user interface Advanced protection IDMTL—selectable long-time delay bands Neutral protection Power measurement Contact wear indication Modbus communications—PowerLogic compatible Local and remote settings Power quality measurement and advanced protection features. Includes all features listed for the Micrologic power trip unit, as well as: Enhanced power measurements functions Power quality measurements Adjustable Rating Plugs for PowerPact™ P-Frame and R-Frame and Masterpact™ NT and NW Circuit Breakers—Selection To provide maximum design flexibility, system protection, and field upgradeability, each Micrologic™ trip unit is equipped with an interchangeable long-time rating plug. Each trip unit requires an adjustable rating plug to determine the long-time pickup range of the circuit breaker. These plugs are factory installed on new trip units, or can be ordered separately for field-installable upgrades. Adjustable rating plugs are offered in eight different ranges of long-time pickup adjustments. The following chart show the ranges of adjustments. Each adjustment times the sensor rating (lr X In) of the circuit breaker sets the long-time pickup value of the circuit breaker. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2F Harmonic Micrologic Trip Unit and Options Kit $ Price / Field-Installable Circuit Breaker Cat. No.c $ Price Adder 2.0 (IEC only) LSO S132R 2920.00 3.0 (UL/ANSI only) LI None S131A 2920.00 5.0 LSI S133A 4176.00 2.0A (IEC only) LSO S142Rd 4554.00 3.0A (UL/ANSI only) LI S141Ad 4554.00 Ammeter 5.0A LSI S143Ad 5812.00 6.0A LSIG S144Ad 7418.00 5.0P LSI S163Ade 8720.00 Metering, Adv. Protection 6.0P LSIG S164Ade 10324.00 5.0H LSI S173Ade 14770.00 Metering, Adv. Protection & Harmonic Analysis 6.0H LSIG S174Ade 16374.00 c The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the “A” rating plug. To specify an alternative adjustable rating plug, please add the letter designation to the end of the catalog number. Please refer to page 7-48 for a complete listing of adjustable settings available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the standard "A" plug.) Use suffix “N” if no rating plug is required, deduct $200.00 from the complete trip unit kit price. d When replacing a standard trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H (Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12-pin connector kit S33101 for the Masterpact NW and NT and the PowerPact P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPact P-frame and R-frame unit-mount and I-Line circuit breakers. See page 7-48. e Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module. Model Micrologic (Harmonic) 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units • • Power 5.0 f g h i j Protection Additional Features The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays. Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads ZSI for H/J frames in only IN. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT. Indication available using the communication system only. % of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In. Table 7.112: Special Options Description Ship circuit breaker in closed position CT Characterization (Calibrated trip system) Factory-Installed Suffix Field-Installable Cat. No. $ Price YK N/A N/C Q N/A 3308.00 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-47 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS PowerPact™ P- and R-frame molded case circuit breakers may be specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units. 3.0 x Ammeter 3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H LI x LSI (Instantaneous can be turned off) x x x x x x x LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripa x x x Ground-Fault Alarm (No Trip) ab x x Ground-Fault Alarm and Trip a x x Adjustable Rating Plugs x x x x x x x x x True RMS Sensing x x x x x x x x x UL Listed x x x x x x x x x Thermal Imaging x x x x x x x x x Phase Loading Bar Graph x x x x x x x LED for Long-time Pickup x x x x x x x x x LED for Trip Indication x x x x x x x Digital Ammeter x x x x x x x Zone-selective Interlocking x x x x x x x Communications o o o x x x x LCD Dot Matrix Display x x x x Advanced User Interface x x x x Protective Relay Functions x x x x Neutral Protection x x x x Contact Wear Indication x x x x Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings x x x x Selectable Long-time Delay Bands x x x x Power Measurement x x x x Power Quality Measurements x x Waveform Capture x x a Requires neutral current transformer in 3Ø4W systems. b Requires M2C or M6C Programmable Contact Module. Adjustable Rating Plug 7 Harmonic Trip Unit Power Trip Unit 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 .82 .64 o – Available Option Standard Features Ammeter Trip Unit .90 .95 .95 .95 .95 .98 .80 .62 Micrologic Trip Units x– Standard Feature Standard Trip Unit .80 .88 .83 .93 .93 .96 .78 .60 Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories Class 612, 612/ Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101 Adjustable rating plug "A" is installed as standard on all Micrologic trip unit orders. However, an alternative selection may be specified from the "Assembled" table below, and factory installed with your trip unit order at no additional charge. To order, please attach the appropriate catalog suffix to the end of the trip unit Cat. No. (after specifying trip unit options). Adjustable rating plugs may also be purchased as field-installable components from the table below. Table 7.113: Factory-Installed Full Function Test Kit a Trip Unit Seal b Table 7.114: Neutral Current Transformers For Use with Circuit Breaker Sensor Plug c d Field-Installable Cat. Suffix $ Price Adder Cat. No.b $ Price A (standard) N/C S48818 200.00 B N/C S48819 200.00 C N/C S48820 200.00 D N/C S48836 200.00 E N/C S48837 200.00 F N/C S48838 200.00 G N/C S48839 200.00 H N/C S48840 200.00 Long-time pickup amperes (Ir) = Sensor Rating (In) X Setting of rating plug. “Fine adjustment tuning” is included on Micrologic Power and Harmonic trip units, allowing for incremental settings of 1 A between the plug setting and.40 X Sensor Rating. DE2F Discount Schedule Cat. No. S429521 H-Frame S430562 J-Frame S430563 L-Frame S432575 S33575c,d P-Frame S33576c,d S48916c,d S34036c,d R-Frame S48896c,d S48182c,d All NCTWIRING DE2F Discount Schedule Includes NCTWIRING kit. Sensor $ Price 60–100 150 250 400–600 250 400–1600 250 400–1600 2000 3000 All 588.00 588.00 588.00 647.00 1914.00 1914.00 2014.00 2014.00 2044.00 2208.00 204.00 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.116: Circuit Breaker IEC Sensor Plug Catalog No. Cat. No.h 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1000 A 1200 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A Circuit Breaker Frames Accepting Sensor Plug 250 A S47052 S47053 S48823 S33092 S33093 S48824 S33091 S33092 S33093 S33094 S33095 400 A 600 A X X X 630 Al 800 A 1000 A 1200 A $ Price $ Pricek 1250 Al 1600 A X R-Frame Circuit Breaker 600 A 800 A 1000 A 600 A S48823 X X 800 A S33092 X X 1000 A S33093 X 1200 A S48824 UL 1600 A S33095 2000 A S33982 2500 A S33983 3000 A S48825 1600 A S33095 2000 A S33982 IEC 2500 A S33983 3200 A S33984 j For use only with circuit breakers with date codes later than 07011. k DE2F Discount Schedule. l IEC Only. m See rating plug for long-time pickup range on page 7-47. 7-48 Frame Pocket Tester S434206 1000.00 UTA Tester STRV00910 16365.00 Spare UTA Tester STRV00911 6000.00 H/J/L BLuetooth/Modbus for UTA Tester SVW3A8114 2800.00 Spare Power Supply for UTA Tester TRV00915 771.00 110–120 Vac Micrologic Cord for UTA Tester TRV00917 1210.00 Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent S429478 19.00 H/J Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent S429481 41.00 Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent S432459 36.00 L Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent S432461 156.00 LCD Display for Micrologic 5 S429483 575.00 H/J/L LCD Display for Micrologic 6 S429484 575.00 Hand-held Test Kit S33594 5386.00 Primary Injection Test Adaptor S33937 252.00 Full-function Adapter Kit S48981 19699.00 Full-function Test Kit S33595 33792.00 P/R Seven-pin Test Cable (for connection S48907 1488.00 between test kit and trip unit)e Two-pin Test Cable (for connection S48908 784.00 between test kit and trip unit)f 230 Vac Filtered Power Cordg S48856 166.00 120 Vac Filtered Power Cordg P/R S48855 61.00 Trip Unit Battery for Trip Indicator Lights S33593 438.00 Power supply with: 24–30 Vdc input 685823 48/60 Vdc input 685824 125 Vdc input 685825 H/J/L/P/R 1130.00 110–130 Vac input 685826 200–240 Vac input 685827 380–415 Vac input 685829 Micrologic A Trip Unit Cover, clear S33592 16.00 P/R Micrologic P/H Trip Unit Cover, S47067 16.00 opaque gray Trip Unit Seal (6 pieces) H/J/L/P/R MICROTUSEAL 60.00 for compliance with NEC 240.6(c) 12-pin Trip Unit Connector for S33101 228.00 NT/NW Masterpact Circuit Breakers 12-pin Trip Unit Connector for P/R S33100i 255.00 P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Battery Back-up (12 Hours) 685831 3570.00 e Used for testing Micrologic trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only. f Used for testing STR trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only. g Included in the price of the Full-function Test Kit. Kit for replacement only. h DE2F Discount Schedule. i DE2 Discount Schedule. Sensor Plugs for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakersjm Sensor Plug Range P-Frame Circuit Breaker UL www.schneider-electric.us Trip Unit Accessories Device Rating Plugs Rating Pluga A B C D E F G H Table 7.115: DE2 DE2F X X X X X X X X X X X X 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com X X X X 2500 A X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 3000 A 3200 A X X X X X X X X X X X 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 1040.00 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101 www.schneider-electric.us Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) (Modbus) Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C) Six Programmable Contacts Module (M6C) External Voltage Sensing (EVS) E1 V W YV Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. $ Price Adder Unit Mount 1778.00 1248.00 1599.00 290.00 S64205 S64273 S64204 S64203 Table 7.118: P-Frame Motor Operated Drawout With Rotary Handle Unit Mount I-Line S64205 S64273 S64204 S64203 S64207 S64273 S64204 S64210 S64206 S64273 S64202 S64209 S64205 S64273 S64204 S64210 S64205 S64273 S64201 S64208 S64205 S64273 S64201 S64208 Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adder External Accessories Modbus Interface Module IFMa Stacking Connections for IFM (10) Front Display Module FDM121a FDM Mounting Accessory (Dia. 22 mm) Isolated Modbus Repeater Module ZSI Interface Module Modbus Interface Module (IFM) NSX Cord b (for Modbus Communication) BSCM (Breaker Status and Control Module) with NSX Cordb Replacement BSCM NSX Cord for Modbus Communications © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Cat. No. $ Price — — — — — — STRV00210 TRV00217 STRV00121 TRV00128 STRV00211 S434212 1000.00 946.00 1500.00 26.00 1508.00 975.00 L = 1.3 m L=3m L = 1.3 m L=3m EA EB EGf EHf — ED EE EKf ELf EN V V 576.00 600.00 1776.00 1800.00 — 2880.00 3000.00 4080.00 4200.00 480.00 1114.00 1820.00 S434201 S434202 S434201BS S434202BS S434205 S434204 S434303 S434204BS S434303BS S434210 S429424 S429532 480.00 500.00 1480.00 1500.00 1000.00 2400.00 2500.00 3400.00 3500.00 400.00 928.00 1517.00 Wire Harnessg and ULP Cords for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers Description ZSI Interface Module (Connects PowerPact H/J/L circuit breakers to PowerPact P/R and Masterpact NT/NW circuit breakers) — — — — — — Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. L = 1.3 m L=3m L = 1.3 m BSCM with NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb L=3m 24 Vdc Terminal Block SDTAM 24/415 Vac/dc Modulec SDX Module 24/415 Vac/dcd a Require NSX Cord b Installation requires IFM (STRV00210) for Modbus communication and/or FDM (STRV00121) for external display c Remote indication relay for motor applications d Remote indication relay e For proper selection, see catalog 0611CT1001. f If using with motor operator requires communicating motor operator (suffix NC). Table 7.119: SDTAM Module (Remote indication relay for motor applications) 2805.00 1248.00 1665.00 330.00 Internal Accessories NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb Front Display Module (FDM) $ Price Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakerse Description Breaker Status and Control Module (BSCM) R-Frame I-Line Factory-Installed Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adderh ZSI Wire Harness, H/J Frame YH3 237.00 ZSI Wire Harness, L-Frame YH3 237.00 ENCT Wire Harness YH2 237.00 OF Wire Harness YH1 237.00 SD/SDE Wire Harness YH1 237.00 SDx/SDTAM Wire Harness YH1 237.00 MN Wire Harness YH1 237.00 MX Wire Harness YH1 237.00 24 Vdc Terminal Block Wire Harnessi YH1 237.00 Motor Operator Wire Harness YH1 237.00 Communicating Motor Operator Wire Harness YH1 237.00 NSX Wire Harnessi YH1 237.00 ENCT and ZSI Wire Harness YH4 237.00 10 RJ45 Connectors female/female — — 10 ULP Line Terminations — — L = 0.3 m — — 10 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords L = 0.6 m — — L=1m — — 5 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords L=2m — — L = 3m — — 1 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cord L=5m — — g Wire harness is required for I-Line applications, optional for unit-mount applications YH1 = all installed accessories but ZSI and ENCT YH2 = ENCT and all installed accessories YH3 = ZSI and all installed accessories YH4 = ZSI, ENCT and all installed accessories h Price adder is for each accessory ordered. i I-Line wire harness is included for communication network accessories. Optional wire harness for unit mount requires YH1 suffix. DE2F Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Field-Installable Kit Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price S434300 S434301 S434302 S434500 S434501 S434502 S434503 S434504 S434505 S434506 S434507 S434508 — TRV00870 TRV00880 TRV00803 TRV00806 TRV00810 TRV00820 TRV00830 TRV00850 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 197.00 — 195.00 130.00 200.00 320.00 195.00 300.00 500.00 155.00 7-49 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Description 7 Table 7.117: Masterpact™ Universal Power Circuit Breakers Masterpact™ NT/NW Circuit Breakers Class 613 / Refer to Catalog 0613CT0001 www.schneider-electric.us The Masterpact universal power circuit breaker offers a family of circuit protection products meeting the most common world standards, ANSI, UL and IEC. The basic design platform for each is common. The final result is UL, ANSI and IEC circuit breakers with the same basic external dimensions, features and accessories. Full-Featured Performance • • • • • • • • • • • Masterpact NT Masterpact NW Complete product offering up to 200 k AIR without fuses Circuit breakers tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E 800 A to 6000 A frames, fixed and draw-out Rated for AC voltage systems through 600 V (635 V ANSI) Short-time withstand ratings up to 100 kA Cradle position indicator: connected, test and disconnected Simple, visual contact wear indicators Full complement of field-installable accessories common to all standards Four interchangeable Micrologic trip units to choose from Available PowerLogic™ based power metering and monitoring capabilities Available protective relay functions as defined by ANSI C37.2 and C37.90 The following charts show the Masterpact NW and NT ratings for ANSI and UL 489. See Pricing Guide 0613PL0001 and Catalog 0613CT0001. Table 7.120: Masterpact NW Circuit Breaker Ratings Standard ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed Frame Rating 800–1600 A Interrupting Code 2000 A UL 489 Listed 3200/4000 Af 4000/5000 A N1 H1 H2 H3 L1g L1Fg H1 H2 H3 L1g L1Fg H1 H2 H3 L1g H2 240 Vac Interrupting Current 480 Vac (kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 600 Vac Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS) Built-in Instantaneous Override (kA RMS ±10%) Close and latch rating (kA RMS) Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E Breaking time Closing time 42 42 42 42 65 65 65 65 85 100 200 85 100 200 85 85 130 85 85 30 c c 200 200 130 22 65 65 65 65 85 100 200 200 65 85 100 200 200 65 85 85 130 130 65 85 85 30 22 65 H3 L1g 800/1200/1600/2000 A 2500/3000 A 4000/5000/6000 A N H Lg 85 100 200 85 100 200 65 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 65 100 150 85 85 130 85 85 130 50 85 100 85 85 100 85 85 100 42a 65a 30ab LFg H Lg H Lg 200 150 100 22 100 100 85 65 200 150 100 65 100 100 85 85 200 150 100 100 c 85 35c 24 — — 85 35 24 — — 85 117 — — 117 40 40 35ab 24 65 65 75 75 42 65 40 40 25 22 65 40 40 25 22 65 40 40 40 85 75 40 40 40 25d 22 40 40 40 40 — — — — — Yes — — — — Yes — — — — — — — — — — Yes — — — — 25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L1, L1F, L and LF) 70 ms 100–250 A 400–800 A 2000–4000 A 1000–2000 A 1600–3200 A 600–1200 A 2500–5000 A 800–1600 A 1000–2000 A 10,000 10,000 5k 5,000 12,500e 1,000 1,000 1k 1,000 2800e 100–250 A 400–800 A 800–1600 A Sensor Rating 1200–2500 A 1600–3000 A 2000–4000 A 2500–5000 A 3000–6000 A 10,000 1,000 5,000 1,000 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 12,500 Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles) Mechanical With No Maintenance Electrical 2800 a 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor. b 65 kA RMS for 2000 A. c None except 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor. d 40 kA RMS for 2000 A. e The endurance rating for 2000 A, N/H/L/LF is 10,000 for mechanical and 1000 for electrical. f 4000 A standard width circuit breaker is not available in L1 interrupting rating code or drawout construction (fixed mounting only). g Drawout mounted only. Table 7.121: Masterpact NT Circuit Breaker Ratings Standard ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed Frame Rating 800 A Interrupting Code N1 42 42 — 42 — 40 N 50 50 35 35 40 25 H 65 50 50 35 40 25 L1 100 65 — 10 10 10 L 200 100 — 10 10 10 LFi 200 100 — 10 10 10 N 50 50 35 35 40 25 H 65 50 50 35 40 25 L1 100 65 — 10 10 10 L 200 100 — 10 10 10 LFi 200 100 — 10 10 10 N 50 50 35 35 40 25 H 65 50 50 35 40 25 L1 100 65 N/A 10 10 10 L 200 100 N/A 10 10 10 — — — — — Yes — — — — Yes — — — — 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS) Built-in Instantaneous Override (kA RMS ±10%) Close and latch rating (kA RMS) Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E Breaking time Closing time Interrupting Current (kA RMS) 50/60 Hz 1200 A 25–30 ms with no intentional delay Sensor Rating Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles) With No Maintenance h Fixed-mounted only. i Drawout mounted only. UL 489 Listed 800 A Mechanical Electrical 100–250 A 400–800 A 12,500 2800 25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L and LF) < 50 ms 600–1200 A — 12,500 2800 100–250 A 400–800 A 12,500 2800 Table 7.122: 1600 Ah Description Cat. No. NWNTMPRRT $ Price 32000.00 Masterpact NW Remote Racking Devicej NWMPRRT 21500.00 Masterpact NT Remote Rackign Devicej NTMPRRT 21500.00 Mounting Bracket Kit for NW Remote Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k S47100 Mounting Bracket Kit for NT Remove Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k S47104 215.00 Control Unit for NW Remote Rackingk S47101 3650.00 30 ft Control Cable for NW Remote Rackingk S47102 620.00 Drive Shaft for NW Remote Rackingk S47103 290.00 Drive Shaft for NT Remote Rackingk S47105 290.00 j k 7-50 12,500 2800 Masterpact NW/NT Circuit Breaker Remote Racking Masterpact NW/NT Remote Racking Devicesj NWMPRRT 800–1600 A 215.00 Unit comes with 10 mounting brackets included. For replacement only. DE2F Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ground-Fault Protection GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System Class 931, 940, 960 www.schneider-electric.us GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System The GC-200 Ground-fault relay system protects a grounded distribution system from lowlevel arcing ground faults. The system includes the GC-200 relay, a sensor (current transformer), and optional GC DSP display and is used with a bolted pressure switch or circuit breaker to open a circuit upon detection of a ground fault. (Replaces GC-100 relay.) GC-200 Relay Features • • • • • • Five models with sensitivities suitable for main, feeder, or branch circuits Ten adjustable pickup settings for each model Small, non-metallic enclosure mounts on DIN rail 10 A and 5 A output contacts for trip and alarm Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) to optimize coordinated systems I2t inverse time characteristics GC2DSP Display (Optional) GC-200 Relay • • • • • • Real-time display of ground-fault values Also recalls ground-fault at last trip or at maximum since reset Allows remote testing or resetting of the relay LCD back-lit display Surface mounts over panel meter cutout Fine adjust pickup settings (D and E versions only) Sensors • • • Zero sequence sensing current transformers for all phases and neutral Several sizes of toroids and rectangular CTs Many are split-core or open frame for ease of installation Table 7.123: Ground-Fault Relay Cat. No. GC200C GC200D GC200E GC2DSP VW3A1104R10 VW3A1104R30 VW3A1104R50 Description Ground-fault relay 1m 3m 5m Display cable b 45.00 GC-200 Relay Settings 3 30 120 Relay Cat. No. GC200C GC200D GT912 Rectangular Sensor GC200E 59.00 6 90 240 9 90 360 Adjustable Pickup Settings (in Amperes) 12 15 18 21 120 150 180 210 480 600 720 840 27 270 1080 30 300 1200 GC-200 Sensors Sensor Cat. No. Type T2A Toroid T3A Toroid T6A Toroid T6AS Toroid, split-core T9A Toroid R713A R417A Rectangular R826A All "A" type sensors above, plus: RZ511 RZ521 Rectangular, Open Frame RZ531 RZ535 RZ1011 RZ1021 Rectangular, Open Frame RZ1031 GT912 GT918 Rectangular, Open Frame GT930 GT1218 GT1224 Rectangular, Open Frame GT1230 GT1327 Rectangular, Open Frame GT1330 GT1530 Rectangular, Open Frame DE2 24 240 960 CT Ratio 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 1000:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 600:1 Window Dimensions $ Price in 1.875 dia. 2.75 dia. 5.75 dia. 5.75 dia. 8.75 dia. 7.5 x 13.5 4.25 x 17.625 8 x 26.5 mm 48 dia. 70 dia. 146 dia. 146 dia. 222 dia. 191 x 343 108 x 448 203 x 674 704.00 774.00 774.00 1326.00 1106.00 3063.00 3650.00 4446.00 4.5. x 11 4.5 x 21 4.5 x 31 4.5 x 35 10.5 x 11 10.5 x 21 10.5 x 31 5.5 x 8.5 5.5 x 14.5 5.5 x 26.5 8.5 x 14.5 8.5 x 20.5 8.5 x 26.5 9.5 x 24 9.5 x 27 11.5 x 26.5 114 x 280 114 x 534 114 x 788 114 x 890 267 x 280 267 x 514 114 x 788 140 x 216 140 x 368 140 x 673 216 x 368 216 x 521 292 x 673 241 x 610 241 x 686 292 x 673 1914.00 2255.00 2706.00 2834.00 2450.00 3075.00 4233.00 1769.00 2058.00 2766.00 2645.00 2901.00 3246.00 2844.00 3219.00 3726.00 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-51 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Cat. No. GC200C GC200D GC200E Table 7.125: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 10 m GC2ADAPTER Adapter plate To replace GSDSP with GC2DSP One GC12 twelve foot cable is included with GCDSP display modules. Discount schedule CP4C Table 7.124: T3B Toroid Sensor $ Price 2960.00 2960.00 2960.00 948.00 35.00 35.00 35.00 Display module VW3A1104R100 a b Specifications 3.0 A–30.0 A 30.0 A–300 A 120 A–1200 A 7 GC2DSP Display Ground-Fault Protection Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System Class 931, 840, 960 www.schneider-electric.us Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System The Vigirex ground-fault relays, with associated sensors (current transformers), measure the residual current in an electrical installation to detect levels which may be damaging. When used for protection, they cause an associated circuit breaker or switch to interrupt the supply of power to the protected system. They may also be used for monitoring only, with output to an alarm. The product line includes fixed sensitivities from 30 mA to 1 A and adjustable sensitivities up to 30 A. The Vigirex relays may be easily mounted on DIN rail or may be panel mounted in a meter cutout. Sensors for conductors range from a little more than an inch diameter toroids, to large rectangular sensors measuring 6 x 18 inches. The compact size of the relay and its sensor make it ideal for protection of OEM equipment as well as branch circuits. Table 7.126: Model Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays (UL 1053 Listed) Delay Reset Control Voltage Sensitivity Cat. No. $ Price 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 56300 56302 56305 56306 56307 1988.00 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 56320 56322 56325 56326 56327 56330 56332 56335 56336 56337 56360 56362 56363 DIN Rail Mounted RH99M 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc RH10M Instantaneous Manual 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac RH21M RH99M RH99P Instantaneous or 60 msec (2 settings) Adjustable (9 settings): 0, 0.06, 0.15, 0.23, 0.31, 0.5, 0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec Manual Manual Automatic 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 30 mAa or 300 mA (2 settings) 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac Adjustable, (9 settings): 0.03a, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 30 A 56370TD 56372TD 56373TD 56390TD 56392TD 56393TD 1988.00 1988.00 2363.00 2700.00 2700.00 Panel Mounted 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1 Amp 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1 Amp 30 mA 100 mA 300 mA 500 mA 1A 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 7 RH10P Instantaneous Manual 110–130 Vac MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 220–240 Vac PA50 RH21P Instantaneous or 60 msec (2 settings) RH99P Adjustable (9 settings): 0, 0.06, 0.15, 0.23, 0.31, 0.5, 0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec a Closed Toroids, Type A Vigirex Sensor Iron Rings (Optional) Split toroids, Type OA 7-52 Automatic 30 mAa or 300 mA (2 settings) 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac Adjustable (9 settings): 0.03a, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 30 A 56470TD 56472TD 56473TD 56490TD 56492TD 56493TD 2063.00 2063.00 2438.00 2813.00 2813.00 Sensors for Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays Sensors Rectangular Sensors b c Manual 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 110–130 Vac 220–240 Vac 2063.00 30 mA is instantaneous only, except for RH99M and RH99P models. Their suffix TD indicates time delay at 30 mA. For models with no time delay (IEC compliant) consult catalog 0972CT0401. Table 7.127: SA200 Manual 56400 56402 56405 56406 56407 56420 56422 56425 56426 56427 56430 56432 56435 56436 56437 56460 56462 56463 Inside Diameter Type Maximum Currentc in. mm TA30 PA50 IA80 MA120 SA200 GA300 TA30 PA50 IA80 MA120 POAb GOAb 280 x 115 470 x 160 65 A 85 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 65 A 85 A 160 A 250 A 85 A 250 A 1600 A 3200 A 1.18 1.97 3.15 4.72 7.87 11.81 0.79 1.58 2.76 4.33 1.81 4.33 11.02 x 4.53 18.50 x 6.30 30 50 80 120 200 300 20 40 70 110 46 110 280 x 115 470 x 160 Cat. No. $ Price 50437 50438 50439 50440 50441 50442 56055 56056 56057 56058 50485 50486 56053 56054 375.00 488.00 615.00 833.00 1253.00 2295.00 56.00 59.00 62.00 83.00 1718.00 3015.00 5333.00 7088.00 POA and GOA are not UL recognized Use as a guideline for sizing wire through sensor. DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Ground-Fault Protection Equipment Add-On Ground-Fault and Earth-Leakage Modules Class 931, 940, 960 www.schneider-electric.us Micrologic™ Add-on Ground-Fault Module (GFM) The Micrologic ground-fault module (GFM) is a UL Listed circuit breaker accessory for equipment protection. It is a combination ground-fault relay and ground-fault sensing device. Micrologic Add-on Ground-fault Module Features: Optional GFM25CT GFM250 • • • • • • A shunt trip may be field-installed in the HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ and JL circuit breakers. Shunt trip S29382 (12 Vdc) for circuit breaker may be factory- installed (suffix SN) or field-installed Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels Adjustable ground-fault time delays Integral ground fault push-to-test feature and ground-fault indicator All GFMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting, easily convertible to unit mount by removing the I-Line brackets Optional neutral current transformer for 3-phase 4-wire applications. Refer to instructions for proper installation Zone-selective interlocking capability is standard with upstream Micrologic trip system circuit breakers. The GFM can also be zone interlocked with the GC ground-fault system by using a restraint interface module.See Supplemental Digest page 3-33. 120 Vac control power is required for integral test feature. Meets NEC 230-95(c) • • • NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be used for alarming only. Table 7.128: Module/Enclosure Selection Charta Companion Circuit Breaker Prefix HD, HG, HJ, HL JD, JG, JJ, JL Accessories H&J a b Cat. No.b GFM150HD GFM250JD GFM25CT I-Line Switchboard LA LA Ground-fault Pickup Adjustment Range 20–100 A 40–200 A GFM $ Price Optional Neutral Current Transformer (required for 4-wire loads) 4250.00 4250.00 375.00 At 250 A, the GFM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only. See Supplemental Digest page 3-37 for additional GFMs. The Earth Leakage Module (ELM) is an add-on module which, when connected to a PowerPact H- or J-frame MCCB, provides low-level ground-fault sensing and ground-fault relay functions. Because these ELMs are highly sensitive (30 mA to 3 A), they provide much greater protection than GFMs (20 Amps to 200 Amps sensitivity). The ELMs provide greater protection of control circuits and other sensitive equipment. The associated circuit breaker must have a 48 Vdc shunt trip, which may be field-installed (kit S29392) or factory-installed (suffix –SP) in the H- or J-Frame circuit breaker. Add-on Earth Leakage Module (ELM) Features: • • Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels as low as 30 mA Adjustable ground-fault time delays from instantaneous to 500 msec (Time delay can be applied to the 30 mA setting) Integral ground fault push-to-test feature Ground-fault indicator (LED for local status; contacts for remote indication) All ELMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting and are easily convertible to unit-mount by removing the I-Line brackets Three poles; 240 to 600 Vac maximum: 3-wire applications only (no neutral) Line-power obtained through internal bus to provide power for electronics, shunt trip, and integral test feature. A shunt trip is required in the circuit breaker; it may be field-installed or factory-installed in the PowerPact H and J circuit breakers. UL 1053 – Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment I-Line™ J-Frame with ELM installed • • • • Table 7.129: ELM Selection Chartc Companion Circuit Breakerd Prefix Size Enclosure Space Required I-Line Switchboard Pick-Up Adjustment Range Catalog Number $ Price HD, HG, HJ, HL JD, JG, JJ, JL 15–150 A 150–250 A LA LA 30 mA–3 A 30 mA–3 A ELM150HD ELM250JD 4500.00 4650.00 c d © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7 • • • At 250 A, the ELM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only. For Factory Installation of ELM Module: For termination designation (3rd letter of catalog number) use ONLY “M”. Add factory installed 48 Vdc shunt trip (suffix SP) to breaker plus suffix VL or VM. SP – $717. adder. Use VL for H frame – $4736. adder. Use VM for J frame – $4886. adder. Plus the List Price of the H or J breaker. DE2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Earth Leakage Module (ELM) for PowerPact H- and J-Frame MCCBs Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-53 Dimensions and Shipping Weights Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 3 A G A G B E Figure 5 A G E Figure 8 Figure 7 D C E B D C D C A B E B E Figure 9 QO-PLPS QOU, QYU Low Ampere A G A G A G B E QO-GFI, QO-PL QO-EPD A G B F Figure 11 A D C B F 7 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 A A MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS B B C60 Figure 16 A A B Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix A Figure 18 D C Table 7.132: B Figure 19 Figure 20 A A A Frame Size C120 D B E Figure 22 Figure 21 E B B B B G E B C D C E F G 2.25 2.25 2.25 3.78 3.78 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 — — — — — — — — — 5.00d 5.00d 5.00f 6.78 6.78 6.78 — — — — — 0.59 1.34 2.09 2.85 4.35 0.59 1.34 2.09 0.62 1.37 2.12 — — — — — — — — QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FI, KI, LA, LI, LX, LXI Circuit Breakers Poles Dimensions—Inches Fig. No. A B C D E F G H 4.25 4.25 5.13 5.13 5.13 7.13 9.25 10.75 — 1.50 1.50 — 1.50 1.50 2.00 2.50 — 0.75 — — 0.75 0.75 1.00 Shipping Weightsh Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) Frame Size Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) FAL, FHL 1P 2 KIL 9 FAL, FHL 2P 3 LAL, LHL 15 FAL, FHL 3P 5 LIL LXIL 25 FIL 8 Q4L 15 QB, QD, QG, QJ B A 2 22 6.47 3.00 3.02 3.93 g 3 23 6.47 4.50 3.02 3.93 g 1 21 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 FAL, FHL 2 22 6.00 3.00 3.16 4.13 0.44 3 23 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 FIL, KIL 2&3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 Q4L, LAL, LHL 2&3 23 11.00 6.00 4.06 5.84 0.88 LIL, LXIL 2&3 24 11.86 7.50 5.48 6.74 0.55 g Dimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end. E Figure 17 Dimensions—Inches Fig. No. QB, QD, QG, QJ B E B E B E QOU High Ampere Figure 12 A A Poles 1 1 0.75 3.00a 2.31 2.91 QO, QOB 2 2 1.50 3.00a 2.31 2.91 3 3 2.25 3.00a 2.31 2.91 2 2 3.0 5.72 2.53 4.90 QOB-VH 150 A QOB-VH 110–150 A 3 3 4.50 5.72 2.53 4.90 1 4 0.75 4.12b 2.31 2.91 QO-PL QO-GFI 2 5 1.50 4.12b 2.31 2.91 QO-EPD 3 5 2.25 4.12b 2.31 2.91 1 6 0.75 4.05c 2.38 2.98 QOU QYU 2 7 1.50 4.05c 2.38 2.98 Low Ampere 3 8 2.25 4.05d 2.38 2.98 1 10 0.75 4.45 2.37 2.96 QOU 2 11 1.50 4.45 2.37 2.96 High Ampere 3 12 2.25 4.45 2.37 2.96 1 13 0.71 3.19 1.73 2.76 2 14 1.42 3.19 1.73 2.76 Multi 9™ C60 3 15 2.13 3.19 1.73 2.76 4 16 2.84 3.19 1.73 2.76 QO-PLPS Power Supply 2 9 1.45 4.35 2.42 3.11 a 35–70 A is 3.12 in; 80–100 A 2P and 70–100 A 3P are 3.50 in. b QO-PL is 4.55 in. c 80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 4.45 in d 80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 6.78 in. e 70–100 A 4.45 in. f 70–100 A is 6.78 in. Table 7.131: Figure 10 QO™, QOU, Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix B E Figure 4 Figure 6 Table 7.130: D C A G B E B QO, QOB h 4 All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted. Figure 23 B E B G HH D C C/L C/L A F A F A F E E B G Figure 24 E D C E A F E 7-54 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Dimensions and Shipping Weights Molded Case Circuit Breakers www.schneider-electric.us Figure 26 Table 7.133: B G B F A E Circuit Breaker No. of Cat. No. Poles Fig. No. Prefix F A C Table 7.134: Figure 27 B G D F A Figure 28 G ED, EG, EJ ED, EG, EJ ED, EG, EJ GJ 1 2 3 3 29 30 31 32 Table 7.136: F E A E F G — 1.38 1.38 1.77 Dimensions — Inches A B C D E 0.98 1.96 2.94 3.54 5.66 5.66 5.66 4.72 3.09 3.09 3.09 2.76 4.05 4.05 4.05 3.94 3.32 3.32 3.32 2.20 Dimensions — Inches No. of Poles Fig. No. A B C D E F G 2, 3 33 12.86 8.27 5.77 8.05 2.49 7.87 7.83 2, 3 33 16.16 8.27 5.77 8.05 4.19 7.87 7.83 2, 3 34 16.24 16.54 6.63 14.49 8.73 14.25 15.35 Shipping Weightsa Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) HD, HG, HJ, HL 2P 4 HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 3P 5 2 Frame Size JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR LD, LG, LJ, LL, LR MG, MJ ED, EG, EJ 2P 3 PG, PJ, PK, PL ED, EG, EJ 3P 4 RG, RJ, RK, RL (Without RLTB) a All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted. Approx. Shipping Weight (Lbs.) 5 14 29 32 52 Figure 31 Figure 30 B D MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, RG, RJ and RL Circuit Breakers Frame Size ED, EG, EJ 1P B D E B A A Figure 32 E Fig. No. MG, MJ (800 A and below) PG, PJ, PK, PL (1000–1200 A) RG, RJ, RL A B C ED, EG, and EJ Circuit Breakers No. of Poles Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix E E B Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Table 7.135: C C Dimensions — Inches A 2a 25 6.40 2.74 2.87 4.36 0.74 4.92 HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 3 26 6.40 4.12 2.87 4.36 0.74 4.92 JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR 3 27 7.52 4.12 2.87 5.00 1.30 4.92 LG, LJ, LL, LR 3 28 13.38 5.51 3.75 6.61 2.22 7.87 a Only HD and HG are in 2P module, HJ, HL and HR 2P are in 3P module. D E Figure 29 HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR, JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR, LG, LJ, LL, and LR Circuit Breakers MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Figure 25 C D B G Figure 33 D C E B AF A C D 7 E Figure 34 B G F D C AE 7-55 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Circuit Breaker Enclosures Enclosures Class 610 • • • • • Table 7.137: Circuit Breaker Enclosures Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix FAL, FHL, FCL FA100S QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL HDL JDL LAL, LHL, Q4L LAL MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL Enclosure Rating Poles Cat. No. $ Price 7 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FA100DS FAL, FHL, FCL HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL KILq, KCL LAL, LHL, Q4L LEL, LXL, LXIL LCL, LIL MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLl 15–100 A 100–200 A 100–225 A 15–150 A 150–250 A 15–100 A 150–250 A 125–400 A 125–400 A 1, 2, 3 2 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 2, 3 3 300–800 A 2, 3 — — 250–1200 A 2, 3 — — 15–100 A 15–150 A 150–250 A 110–250 A 125–400 A 100–600 A 300–600 A 1, 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 300–800 600–1200 Cat. No. NEMA 1 Flush FA100F 189.00 — — Q23225NFb 218.00 $ Price NEMA 1 Surface FA100S 189.00 Q22200NSb 176.00 Q23225NSb 218.00 Cat. No. NEMA 3Ra FA100RB Q22200NRBb Q23225NRBb $ Price 500.00 380.00 417.00 J250Fcde 285.00 J250Scde 285.00 J250Rcde 840.00 — — LA400F — — — 356.00 — HD100Sfgcei JD250Sigfce LA400S LA400LSgiw 285.00 285.00 356.00 356.00 — — LA400R — — — 1655.00 — M800Sjk 783.00 M800Rjm 2159.00 P1200Sk 1260.00 P1200Rm 2790.00 NEMA 12/3R, 12K (Hubs—See page 3-9) NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R Stainless Steel (Hubs—See page 3-9) FA100RB www.schneider-electric.us Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service equipment except as footnoted. The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted. Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation. For enclosure accessories and dimensions refer to page 7-58. See Supplemental Digest page 3-35 for NEMA 7 and 9 enclosures for FAL circuit breakers. With Knockouts (NEMA 12K) FA100DS 1431.00 FA100A J250DScde 3405.00 — — J250AWKcde 582.00 IK250DS LA400DS — — 5238.00 5673.00 — — — — — — — — — — IK250AWK LA400AWK LX600AWK LX600AWK 878.00 903.00 3728.00 3728.00 2, 3 M800DSo 10125.00 2, 3 — — 351.00 Without Knockoutsn (NEMA 12/3R, 5) FA100AWK 335.00 — — M800AWKo 2459.00 — — P1200AWKo 5700.00 Nema 7r Cast Aluminum Nema 9u Cast Aluminum JDL, JGLstv 150–250 A 2, 3 J225X 4083.00 J225Y 2834.00 a Enclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls and require field cut opening. For details and hub catalog numbers see page 3-9. b Not CSA Certified. c Accepts standard rated 80% breakers. Not rated at 100%. d Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR at 600 Vac, 65 kAIR at 480 Vac, 125 kAIR at 240 Vac. e Earth Leakage Module and Ground Fault Module are not compatible with these enclosures. f Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR, 240 Vac. g Order service ground kit PKOGTA2 if required. h Maximum short circuit rating is 18 kAIR, 480 Vac and 240 Vac. i Copper wire only. j When using a CT in the M800S and R enclosure the unit will no longer accommodate a 200% neutral solution. k CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP20D, PE type TN-C or TN-S l Accepts MGL or MJL standard rated (80%) breakers. Accepts PGL, PJL or PLL circuit breakers rated 80% (1200 A maximum) or 100% rated breakers, (800A maximum). m CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP24D, PE type TN-C or TN-S n Suitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall. o CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP56, PE type TN-C or TN-S p LEL 100% rated circuit breaker except for 600 A sensor. q Short circuit rating is 100 k AIR at 480 Vac maximum. r NEMA 7—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III. s 80% rated circuit breakers only; SCCR 65 kA @ 240 Vac, 25 kA @ 480 Vac, 18 kA @ 600 Vac. t Not UL Listed due to wire bending space. u NEMA 9—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III. v Has a tapped 2-1/2 in. conduit opening on top and bottom end wall w Short circuit current rating is 30 k AIR at 480 Vac. 316 Grade Stainless Steel Circuit Breaker Enclosures—NEMA 3, 3R, 4X, 5 and 12 Type 316 stainless steel circuit breaker enclosures offer superior corrosion resistance to a wider range of chemicals than Type 304 stainless steel enclosures. Type 316 better resists chloride and is often used in marine, waste treatment and transportation applications. Use watertight hubs from Section 3 page 10 of Digest 176. For other accessories reference Table 7.142 and Table 7.143. For dimensional information, reference Table 7.144. Table 7.138: 316 Grade Stainless Steel CIrcuit Breaker Enclosures Circuit Breakery Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL PKL, PLL Table 7.139: NEMA 3, 3R, 4X, 5 and 12 Ampere Rating 15–150 A 150–250 A Poles 2, 3 2, 3 Enclosure Cat. No. $ Price J250SS 4698.00 300–800 A 2, 3 M800SS 13972.00 DC CIrcuit Breaker Enclosures for MA and MH DC-Rated Circuit Breakers Circuit Breakery x y NEMA 1 Surface Enclosurex Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix Ampere Rating MAL, MHL 125–1000 A UL Listed Only Use 500 Vdc or 250 Vdc rated circuit breakers only. Poles 2, 3 Enclosure Cat. No. MA1200S $ Price 1355.00 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-58 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-58 7-56 DE1 DE2A Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Circuit Breaker Enclosures Enclosed Circuit Breaker Special Applications Class 610 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.140: Enclosures for Walking Beam Manually Operated Mechanical Interlock Circuit Breakers (UL Listed)a Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix a b c NEMA 3R bc NEMA 1 Surfaceb Ampere Rating Poles Enclosure Cat. No. $ Price Enclosure Cat. No. $ Price FAL...WB, FHL...WB 15–250 A 2, 3 KA250SWB 1040.00 KA250RWB 1827.00 Catalog number in table is enclosure only. For complete installation, the following must be ordered separately: WB Circuit Breakers (qty. 2, Supplemental Digest page 3-27), Walking Beam Assembly (Supplemental Digest page 3-27), Mounting Pan (Supplemental Digest) page 3-27, Neutral (page 7-56) and Service Ground Kit (page 7-58). Enclosure has blank top endwall. For applications above 200 A requiring a neutral, use copper wire only. Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers For information on Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers see the Supplemental Digest page 3-35. Enclosed Molded Case Switches For ordering information on molded case switches see page 7-34. For ordering information on enclosed molded case switches, see Supplemental Digest 175 Section 3-36. Enclosed Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order. Industrial molded case circuit breakers with walking beam mechanical interlocks are available in NEMA 1 and 3R construction as completely enclosed device. Walking beam mechanical interlock is available manually operated or electrically operated using (2) 120 Vac motor operators. Not UL Listed. Enclosed walking beam mechanically interlocked circuit breaker. • • • • Specify circuit breaker catalog numbers Specify manually or electrically operated (electrically operated factory installed only) Specify enclosure type (NEMA 1 or 3R) Specify if neutrals are required. (Same price) Enclosed Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix (Standard ThermalMagnetic Only) $ Pricea Manually Operated Electrically Operated NEMA 1 NEMA 3R FAL—240 V 100 A FAL—480 V 100 A FAL—600 V 100 A — — — — — — 5783.00 6311.00 6879.00 3675.00 6896.00 7446.00 FHL—600 V 100 A — — 8691.00 9407.00 a b NEMA 1 NEMA 3R MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.141: Price includes (2) walking beam 3P circuit breakers, walking beam operator and mounting pan, (2) neutrals (if specified), and (2) motor operators (if specified) factory assembled in specified enclosure. Not available factory assembled. Refer to page 7-56 for merchandise enclosure. 7 NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order. © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-57 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Circuit Breaker Enclosures Table 7.142: Enclosure Accessories and Dimensions Class 610 www.schneider-electric.us Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly Circuit Breaker Neutral Assembly For Use With Cat. No. Prefix NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. SN100FA 72.00 SN100FA 72.00 — 100 15–100 125-150 150–250 225 225 225 250 — SN100FA SN400LA SN400LA — SN225KA — SN400LA — 72.00 251.00 251.00 — 201.00 — 251.00 100SNA — 225SNA — — — — — FAL...WB, FHL...WB 200 — SN100FA SN400LA SN400LA SN225KA — — — Requires (2) SN20A plus (1) SN20NI link LAL, LHL, Q4L LAL, LHL, Q4L, LCL, LIL LXL, LXIL LCL, LIL, LXL b, LXIL b LCL, LXL LIL, LXIL, LEL 400 400SN 400 400 — — — — 600 — — 1000d AL800SN KIL, KCL LCL, LXLb, LIL, LXILb, LELb — 72.00 251.00 251.00 201.00 — — — (2) @$200.00 ea plus (1) @$27.60 ea 248.00 Price Cat. No. $ Price (4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al FA060X/Y—(1) 14– 6 Cu, plus (1) 14–4 Cu FA100X/Y—(1) 14– 3 Cu, plus (1) 14–4 Cu (4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu (2) 4–300 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu (2) 4–300 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu (4) 6–300 Cu (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu — 150.00 — 198.00 — — — — — — — — — (4) 6–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu — — — — (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu — — — — (2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu (2) 2–600 Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Cu SN400LA SNC400LXc 251.00 1152.00 SNC800LXc 1506.00 365.00 Terminal Lug Data—Total Available (Line plus Load) AWG/kcmil NEMA 7 & 9 100 FAL, FHL, FCL FAL, FHL, FIL HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL NEMA 1 & 3R Ampere Rating — — — — (4) 2–600 Cu, plus (1) 2–4/0 Cu — — (6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Al/Cu 1000d — — SN1000MA 365.00 — — (6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (1) 1–4/0 Al/Cu — — (6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Al/Cu MGL, MJLe 300–800 A AL800SN 365.00 AL800SN 365.00 PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLf 250–1200 A SN1200 1034.00 SN1200 1034.00 — — (8) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 350 4–300 Al/Cu a For applications above 200 A requiring a neutral, use copper wire only. b When using MXL, MEL, LXL, LEL or LXIL circuit breaker with integral ground fault protection on a 3Ø4W system, neutral assembly SN1000MA or SNC800LX must be used for neutral CT. Order neutral CT separately. c All Cu neutral assembly. d Rated maximum 900 A when used with Al wire. e For NEMA 1 and 3R 200% neutral applications order Jumper kit SN800SNI and 2 of kit SN1200. (No 200% neutral is available for NEMA 4X or 12 devices.) f For applications with integral ground fault protection order Neutral Mounting Kit S33576MK and Neutral CT S33576 (400–1200 A only). NEMA Type 1 Q2, FA, J, SWB LA, MG, PG Table 7.143: Service Ground Kits Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix H H 7 W D MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS W Number of Conductors Terminals Per Terminal QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL FAL, FHL, FCL, FIL, FAL...WB, FHL...WB PKOGTA2g KCL, KIL, LAL, LHL, Q4L HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL,JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL PKOGTJ250 LCL, LEL, LIL, LXL, LXIL MGL, MJL PKOGTA4 PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL g Quantity (2) required if ground wires are run in parallel. $ Price Wire Range AWG/kcmil Field-Installable Factory-Installed 2 1 10–2/0 Cu or 6–2/0 Al 56.00 191.00 2 1 6–300 Al/Cu 75.00 195.00 4 1 6–250 Al or Cu 213.00 263.00 WB enclosure uses 2 circuit breakers NEMA Type 3R Q2, FA, LA, MG, J, PG, RWB (uses side hinge cover) Table 7.144: H D WB enclosure uses 2 circuit breakers NEMA Type 7, Type 9 FA, JDL, JGL H W D Dimensions Approximate Dimension Cat. No. W Ground Bar Cat. No. FA100A, AWK FA100DS FA100F FA100RB FA100S IK250AWK IK250DS HD100S J250F J250S J250R J250DS J250SS J250AWK JD250S J225X J225Y KA250SWB KA250RWB Series E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 A1 A01 A01 A01 A01 A01 A01 A1 A1 A1 E2 E2 H in. 19.50 19.50 19.50 18.00 18.13 42.25 42.25 17.00 32.40 31.36 31.05 32.26 32.26 32.26 26.40 22.70 22.70 20.00 20.25 Approximate Dimension W mm 495 495 495 457 461 1073 1073 431.8 823 797 789 819 819 819 670.6 577 577 508 514 in. 9.13 9.13 9.88 8.88 8.63 13.88 13.88 7.90 15.40 14.36 14.47 9.72 9.72 9.72 8.90 10.93 10.93 19.00 19.00 D mm 232 232 251 226 219 353 353 200.7 391 365 368 247 247 247 226.1 278 278 483 483 in. 4.88 4.88 4.13 4.88 4.13 7.50 7.50 4.75 6.00 6.00 6.28 7.94 7.94 7.94 5.50 7.70 7.70 5.63 7.12 Cat. No. mm 124 124 105 124 105 191 191 120.7 152 152 160 202 202 202 139.7 196 196 143 181 LA400AWK LA400DS LA400F LA400R LA400S LA400LS M800S M800R M800DS M800SS M800AWK P1200S P1200R P1200AWK Q22200NRB Q22200NS Q23225NF Q23225NRB Q23225NS Series E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 E3 E3 E3 E3 E3 H in. 42.25 42.25 45.63 44.00 44.50 27.40 40-3/8 40-3/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 52-1/8 52-1/8 53 23.38 23.13 26.25 26.25 26.25 mm 1073 1073 1159 1118 1130 696.0 1025.52 1025.52 1036.96 1036.96 1036.96 1323.98 1323.98 1346.20 594 588 667 667 667 W in. 13.75 13.75 16.50 15.38 15.38 15.40 21 21 20-3/4 20-3/4 20-3/4 21 21 20-3/4 7.63 7.63 9.88 9.88 9.88 D mm 349 349 419 391 391 391.2 533.4 533.4 527.05 527.05 527.05 533.4 533.4 527.05 194 194 251 251 251 in. 7.25 7.25 6.50 7.88 6.50 6.625 9-3/4 9-3/4 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-3/4 9-3/4 9-1/2 4.75 4.25 4.75 5.50 4.75 mm 184 184 165 200 165 168.3 247.65 247.65 241.3 241.3 241.3 247.65 247.65 241.3 121 108 121 140 121 NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 12, 12K IK, FA, J, LA, LX, MG, PG See Supplemental Digest 3-37 and 3-38 for: • • • • • • H W 7-58 Special paint Stainlee steel fronts Pilot lights, push buttons Lock-on SPL0 Key interlock systems Legend plates D DE1 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches 600 Vdc and 1000 Vdc PV Circuit Breakers and Switches Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302 www.schneider-electric.us The UL listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers and switches shown below are specifically designed for use in PV applications, rated at 50°C, offering grounded or ungrounded configurations. The products are fully tested and calibrated under the PV UL489B standard. The products come ready to install, including specially designed serial connectors for optimal thermal response, and adapted terminal covers for optimal isolation. Circuit Breakers come 100% rated for ease of use and selection. These two new frames are fully compatible with the current line of PowerPact accessories, from aux contacts and shunt trips to motor operators and rotary handles. PV Molded Case Circuit Breakers 600 Vdc (3 poles) Ampere Rating a Part Number 50 TGL36050L 60 TGL36060L 70 TGL36070L 80 TGL36080L 100 TGL36100L 125 TGL36125L 150 TGL36150L 175 TGL36175L 200 TGL36200L 225 UGL36225L 250 UGL36250L 300 UGL36300L 350 UGL36350L 400 UGL36400L 450 UGL36450L 500a N/A 500 A 80% rated. Table 7.146: Table 7.147: Grounded $ Price 911.00 911.00 1013.00 1013.00 1125.00 1250.00 1250.00 1438.00 1438.00 1703.00 1892.00 2270.00 2270.00 2306.00 2536.00 ... Part Number TGL36050K TGL36060K TGL36070K TGL36080K TGL36100K TGL36125K TGL36150K TGL36175K TGL36200K UGL36225K UGL36250K UGL36300K UGL36350K UGL36400K UGL36450K UGL36500G Ungrounded $ Price 984.00 984.00 1094.00 1094.00 1215.00 1350.00 1350.00 1553.00 1553.00 1839.00 2043.00 2451.00 2451.00 2490.00 2739.00 2739.00 600 Vdc 10 kA 10 kA Rating Termination Poles Voltage G L 3 6 Poles 3: 3P 4: 4P Voltage 6: 600 Vdc 1: 1000 Vdc Frame T: T-Frame U: U-Frame Brand Blank: Schneider Electric Amperage 0 5 Grounding 0 Suffix Code G A Amperage 050: 50 A 060: 60 A 070: 70 A 080: 80 A 100: 100 A 125: 125 A 150: 150 A 175: 175 A 200: 200 A 225: 225 A 250: 250 A 300: 300 A 350: 350 A 400: 400 A 450: 450 A 500: 500 A Terminations L: Lugs Line/Load Side F: Bus Bar S: Rear Connected Ungrounded Part Number $ Price TBL41000JZ10 1048.00 TBL41000JZ15 1156.00 TBL41000JZ20 1332.00 UDL41000JZ25 1748.00 UDL41000JZ30 2012.00 UDL41000JZ40 2254.00 UDL41000JZ50 2711.00 Grounded Part Number $ Price TBL41000GZ10 1122.00 TBL41000GZ15 1237.00 TBL41000GZ20 1426.00 UDL41000GZ25 1870.00 UDL41000GZ30 2153.00 UDL41000GZ40 2412.00 UDL41000GZ50 2901.00 7 600/1000 Vdc 3 kA 7.5 kA Switch Numbering Frame Rating Termination Poles T D L Voltage 3 6 Amperage 0 0 0 Grounding G Poles Voltage 3: 3P 6: 600 Vdc 4: 4P 1: 1000 Vdc Frame T: T-Frame U: U-Frame Brand Blank: Schneider Electric only 1000 Vdc (4 poles) Grounded Part Number $ Price TBL36000GZ10 934.00 TBL36000GZ15 1028.00 TBL36000GZ20 1182.00 UDL36000GZ25 1557.00 UDL36000GZ30 1794.00 UDL36000GZ40 2007.00 UDL36000GZ50 2569.00 PV Switches Withstand Ratings Frame T-Frame U-Frame Brand A Accessory Suffix Cells (See Table 7.151 to Table 7.155) Grounding G: Grounded, 80% rated (500 A Only) J: Ungrounded, 80% rated (500 A Only) K: Grounded, 100% rated L: Ungrounded, 100% rated 600 Vdc (3 poles) Table 7.150: S PV Molded Case Non-Automatic Switches Ungrounded Part Number $ Price TBL36000JZ10 872.00 TBL36000JZ15 960.00 TBL36000JZ20 1104.00 UDL36000JZ25 1455.00 UDL36000JZ30 1676.00 UDL36000JZ40 1876.00 UDL36000JZ50 2401.00 Table 7.149: $ Price 1309.00 1309.00 1309.00 1309.00 1455.00 1616.00 1616.00 1859.00 1859.00 2207.00 2453.00 2820.00 2820.00 2986.00 3284.00 3284.00 Suffix Code B Accessory Suffix Cells (See Table 7.151 to Table 7.155) Ratings B: 3 kA C: 5 kA G: 10 kA 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 Part Number TBL41050K TBL41060K TBL41070K TBL41080K TBL41100K TBL41125K TBL41150K TBL41175K TBL41200K UCL41225K UCL41250K UCL41300K UCL41350K UCL41400K UCL41450K UCL41500G Circuit Breaker Numbering T Ampere Rating Grounded $ Price 1212.00 1212.00 1212.00 1212.00 1347.00 1496.00 1496.00 1721.00 1721.00 2044.00 2271.00 2611.00 2611.00 2765.00 3041.00 3041.00 1000 Vdc 3 kA 5 kA Frame Table 7.148: Part Number TBL41050L TBL41060L TBL41070L TBL41080L TBL41100L TBL41125L TBL41150L TBL41175L TBL41200L UCL41225L UCL41250L UCL41300L UCL41350L UCL41400L UCL41450L UCL41500J PV Circuit Breaker Max. Interrupting Ratings Frame T-Frame U-Frame Brand 1000 Vdc (4 poles) Ungrounded Ratings B: 3 kA D: 7.5 kA Terminations L: Lugs Line/Load Side F: Bus Bar S: Rear Connected Trip System Z 1 0 Suffix Code A B Suffix Code S A Accessory Suffix Cells Accessory Suffix Cells (See Table 7.151 to (See Table 7.151 to Table 7.155) Table 7.155) Amperage 000: Switch Trip System—## (Z: Non-Automatic Switch) (##: Amerage Rating) Z10: 100 A Z15: 150 A Z20: 200 A Z25: 250 A Z30: 300 A Z40: 400 A Z50: 500 A Grounding G: Grounded, 80% rated J: Ungrounded, 80% rated © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved DE2 MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.145: Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com 7-59 Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches AA S29450 1 297.00 2A/2B Standard AB S29450 2 594.00 3A/3B Standarda AC S29450 3 891.00 1A/1B Low-Level (Gold) AE S29452 1 372.00 2A/2B Low-Level (Gold) AF S29452 2 744.00 3A/3B Low-Level (Gold)a AG S29452 3 1116.00 U-Frame only. Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switches Suffix Switch Kit No. Kit Qty. $ Price PowerPact T-Frame BC Alarm Switch S29450 1 297.00 BH Alarm Switch, Low-Level S29452 1 372.00 Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard S29450 1 SDE Actuator S29451 1 Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 1 SDE Actuator S29451 1 Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard S29450 2 SDE Actuators S29451 2 Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 2 SDE Actuators S29451 2 Alarm Switch S29450 1 297.00 BH Alarm Switch, Low-Level S29452 1 372.00 BD Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard S29450 1 297.00 BJ Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 1 372.00 BE Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard S29450 2 594.00 BK Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level S29452 2 744.00 BD BJ BE BK 338.00 Table 7.153: 635.00 785.00 Shunt Trip (MX) 7 120 Vac SA S29386 717.00 24 Vdc SO S29390 717.00 48 Vdc SP S29392 717.00 125 Vdc SR S29393 717.00 $ Price Descriptionc Short Terminal Cover (3P) Long Terminal Cover (3P/1SC) Short Terminal Cover (4P) Long Terminal Cover (4P/1SC) Long Terminal Cover (4P/2SC) Short Rear Connector (set of 2)a Long Rear Connector (set of 2)a Short Terminal Cover (3P) Extended Terminal Cover (3P/1SC) Short Terminal Cover (4P) Extended Term Cover (4P/1SC) Extended Term Cover (4P/2SC) Short Rear Connector (set of 2)ab Long Rear Connector (set of 2)ab 3 3 4 4 4 3, 4 3, 4 3 3 4 4 4 3, 4 3, 4 Standard Handle Black Handle Only RD10 S29337 255.00 S32597 366.00 Door Mounted Standard Black Handle Handle Only RE10 S29338 383.00 S32598 557.00 Handle Padlock, ON or OFF YP S29371 X X X X U-Frame $ Price 77.00 Field Installable Kit No. $ Price S32631 122.00 NOTE: For a complete list of Field installable accessories and details, including also motor operator (electrical only) and locks, refer to accessories information for the PowerPact, J-Frame (compatible with T-Frame) and L-Frame (Compatible with U-Frame). Or consult Photovoltaic offer catalog 0611CT1302. X X X Configuration Field Installable $ Price Catalog No. Top Bottom Top Bottom Ungrounded Grounded X X X X S29515 S35169 S29516 S35170 S35178 S29235 S29236 S32562 S35171 S32563 S35172 S38293 S432475 S432476 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Cat. No. 121.00 145.00 141.00 162.00 162.00 162.00 206.00 149.00 205.00 161.00 215.00 215.00 219.00 261.00 $ Price S30554 Description 150.00 Cat. No. $ Price S36967 31.00 Mechancal Lug Kits for T- and U-Frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Conductor Frame Field Installable Kit No. X X Set of 4 M10 x 25 terminal screws and washers for one side Description Lug(2) T-Frame, 12–4 AWG, Al/Cu T-Frame Handle Padlocking Device Description X 145.00 145.00 162.00 162.00 162.00 185.00 205.00 198.00 215.00 215.00 Table 7.159: PV U-Frame Bus Bar and Rear Connections Hardware Choose termination “F” for having the termination kit included with the breaker (Screws and Washers, Term Covers, Serial Connectors) Locks T-Frame S35175 S35176 S35177 S35178 S35179 S32593 S38291 S32594 S38293 S38294 X Table 7.158: PV T-Frame Bus Bar and Rear Connections Hardware Choose termination “F” for having the termination kit included with the breaker (Terminal Nuts, Term Covers, Serial Connectors) Table 7.160: Device X T-Frame Term Nut Insert-Metric/M8 (12) T-Frame U-Frame Factory Description Installed Field Field Suffix Installable $ Price Installable $ Price Kit No. Kit No. Factory Installed Suffix X Description Rotary Operated Handles Direct Mounted Table 7.155: X X The ungrounded configurations (3P or 4P) need 2 short and 2 long rear connectors. The grounded configurations only use 2 short rear connectors. Parts only, no hardware is included. See Table 7.159 U-Frame, below. P: Poles, SC: Serial connector. b c U-Frame MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Field-Installable Kit No. Device X $ Price P: Poles, SC: Serial connector. a Factory-Installed Suffix Table 7.154: 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 Field Installable Catalog No. Top Bottom Top Bottom Grounded Table 7.157: PV Rear Connection Terminal Covers and Connectors Choose termination “S” for having the termination kit included with the breaker (Rear Connectors, Term Covers, Serial Connectors) Shunt Trips Voltage Long Terminal Cover (3P) Long Terminal Cover (3P/1SC) Long Terminal Cover (4P) Long Terminal Cover (4P/2SC) Long Terminal Cover (4P/1SC) Long Terminal Cover (3P) Extended Term Cover (3P/1SC) Long Terminal Cover (4P) Extended Term Cover (4P/2SC) Extended Term Cover (4P/1SC) Configuration Ungrounded 413.00 PowerPact U-Frame BC a Descriptiona Poles Table 7.152: Frame a $ Price T-Frame Contacts Poles Kit Qty. 1A/1B Standard www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.156: PV Unit Mount Terminal Covers Choose termination “L” for having the termination kit factory installed with the breaker (Lugs, Term Covers, Serial Connectors) Frame Field-Installable Kit No. T-Frame Factory-Installed Suffix U-Frame Auxiliary Switches U-Frame Table 7.151: Factory Installed Accessories Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302 Lugs(2) T-Frame, 4–4/0 AWG, Al/Cu No. Type Per Lug Al 1 Cu 1 Al/Cu 1 Lug(2) T-Frame, 250–350 kcmil, Al/Cu Al 1 Cu 1 Lug(2) U-Frame, 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil, Al/Cu Al 2 Cu 2 Size Current Cat. No. #12–#4 AWG (4–25 mm2) 50–60 A S35167 #14–#4 AWG (2.5–25 mm2) #4–#4/0 AWG 70–150 A S29255 (25–95 mm2) #250–350 AWG (120–185 mm2) 175–200 A S35168 #2/0–350 AWG (70–185 mm2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil (70–240 mm2) 225–500 A S35180 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil (70–240 mm2) Qty. Per $ Price Kit 2 86.00 2 86.00 2 86.00 2 225.00 NOTE: For availability dates of field installable accessories in Tables 7.156. 7.157, 7.158 and 7.160 contact Schneider Electric. 7-60 DE2 Discount Schedule To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches T-Frame Dimensions and Shipping Weights Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302 www.schneider-electric.us Table 7.161: PV T-Frame Circuit Breaker and Switches Dimensions A2 7.40 188 in mm A3 11.42 290 B1 4.13 105 B2 5.51 140 C2 3.39 86 C3 4.96 126 A3 A2 C2 B1 B2 C3 A2: Short A3: Long Terminal Cover Configuration According to Wiring Configuration Wiring Configuration 3P Ungrounded 3P Grounded 4P Ungrounded 4P Grounded Table 7.163: T-Frames Terminal Cover Configuration Rear Connected X X X X X X X Top Long Short Long Long Long Long Bottom Long Long Long Long Short Long Approximate Weights Product Weight (lbs) 5 5.5 6.3 6.7 Shipping Weights (lbs) 8 8.5 9.3 9.7 7 3P Ungrounded 3P Grounded 4P Ungrounded 4P Grounded Connection Type Unit Mount/Bus X MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Table 7.162: © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 7-61 To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches U-Frame Dimensions and Shipping Weights Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302 Table 7.164: in mm www.schneider-electric.us PV U-Frame Circuit Breaker and Switches Dimensions A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 C2 C3 11.2 285 15.7 400 19.1 484 5.5 140 7.2 183 4.3 110 6.6 168 A2: Short A3: Long A4: Extended 7 Table 7.165: Terminal Cover Configuration According to Wiring Configuration MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Wiring Configuration 3P Ungrounded Connection Type Unit Mount/Bus X 3P Grounded 4P Grounded Table 7.166: X X X X 4P Ungrounded Terminal Cover Configuration Rear Connected Extended Long Short Extended Approximate Weights U-Frames Product Weight (lbs) Shipping Weights (lbs) 3P Ungrounded 3P Grounded 4P Ungrounded 4P Grounded 15 17 21 23 19.5 21.5 25.5 27.5 Table 7.167: Bottom Extended X X X Top Long Short PV T- and U-Frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Wiring Configurations 600 Vdc (3 Poles) Grounded 1000 Vdc (3 Poles) Ungrounded Grounded Ungrounded Load / Charge / Carga PV Source / FV Fuente GND PV Source / FV Fuente Load / Charge / Carga PV Source / FV Fuente Load / Charge / Carga Load / Charge / Carga PV Source / FV Fuente GND 7-62 © 2012 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved To order, call 1-800-GRAYBAR (472-9227) • graybar.com
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Create Date : 2014:02:13 16:11:38-06:00 Modify Date : 2014:02:13 16:11:54-06:00 Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26 Metadata Date : 2014:02:13 16:11:54-06:00 Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:905a46ab-76a2-4b9e-86ff-41c122ef80da Instance ID : uuid:22d68fff-dcf7-43e1-8755-17eceb52a7d0 Page Count : 62EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools